Skip to content | Change text size
Handbooks Courses Units Related information
 

AAM4001 - Research project in archaeology and ancient history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As part of the Masters Qualifying in Archaeology with a research component, students undertake a research project in the area of archaeology and ancient history on a topic decided in consultation with the course coordinator. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. The ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff.

  1. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.

  1. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.

  1. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)


AAM4060 - Predynastic and early dynastic Egypt

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

It is recognised that the genesis of the Pharaonic state lay within the traditions which emerged within Egypt during the Predynastic Period and that the ensuing Early Dynastic Period was a transitional phase. This subject analyses the development of Egyptian culture and documents the processes which culminated in Unification. It examines Egypt's links with Nubia, the Sahara and the Levant to determine spheres of influence and impact. Modern theories of the emergence of complex society as they relate to Egypt, the impact of environmental change on this development and the techniques used to explore non-literate societies are examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Developed a knowledge of the archaeological record of the Predynastic and Early Dynastic Periods.
  2. Understood the complex cultural processes which led to the emergence of the unified Egyptian state.
  3. Examined the impact of environmental change upon north-east Africa.
  4. Developed skills in interpreting archaeological data in the light of cultural tradition reflected in later literary material from Egypt.
  5. Explored current theories of the emergence of complex society in the Near East and how the Egyptian evidence might be interpreted in light of them.
  6. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument drawing upon a variety of data.

Assessment

Written work: 85% (7500 words)
seminar presentation: 15%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AAM4100 - Research methods in classical antiquity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of methodological approaches to studying the ancient classical world: Greece, the Hellenistic kingdoms and Rome. Categories of data studied include: historiography, numismatic, epigraphic, papyrological, and material remains. The unit is organised around a series of case studies; these include aspects of Athens under Peisistratos and Perikles, the Hellenistic world in the reign of Ptolemy II, and Rome under Gaius Caligula.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have an understanding of the variety of data available for accessing the ancient classical world;
  2. Have developed a sound approach to a using a wide range of methodologies in researching the ancient past;
  3. Have an understanding of the different historiographic approaches of the authors of the three cultures studied;
  4. Have well-developed textual analysis skills for each of the cultures studied;
  5. Demonstrate an ability to use coins, inscriptions, papyri and objects to reconstruct aspects of, or events in, the past;
  6. Have developed good presentation skills; and
  7. Demonstrate an ability to use a variety of source material to produce a sustained piece of written work.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral and written presentation: 20%
Seminar/workshop participation: 10%

Contact hours

One one-hour lecture and one one-hour seminar/workshop per week for 13 weeks.

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Archaeology and Ancient History

Co-requisites

AAM4740

Prohibitions

AAH4100


AAM4740 - Reading the ancient past

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope and Gillian Bowen

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon the technicalities involved in the interpretation and assessment of archaeological and textual data. Through the detailed examination of specific problems relating to Egypt, it will study the types of material which are available for use, and their relative reliability in respect of the question posed. The unit will also consider changing theories relating to the interpretation of cultural data.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to use various types of data, such as textual, archaeological and pictorial, in relation to specific problems.

  1. An ability to appraise critically the reliability of the source material.

  1. The ability to identify and appraise the various interpretations which have been placed upon data by scholars at different times.

  1. An awareness of the impact of contemporary ideology and religious beliefs upon the interpretation of the ancient past from the nineteenth century to the present day.

  1. A breadth of understanding of how aspects of the ancient past may be studied and the limitations of the available data.

  1. The ability to present a detailed analytical discussion which draws upon a wide variety of source material.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Seminar presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


AAM5010 - Research in archaeology: the new kingdom

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the current state of our knowledge of the 18th-20th Dynasties with a focus upon those factors which characterise the period and distinguish it from preceding phases of Egyptian history. It examines documentary and archaeological sources relating to specific topics in an attempt to account for the changes, exploring internal and external influences. Textual data is analysed to ensure a thorough understanding of the primary sources. Similar emphasis is placed upon aspects of the material culture. Recurrent themes throughout the unit include the role of the individual in relation to society as a whole, and sex and gender definition and role assignment.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough knowledge of the relevant historical and documentary sources.

  1. An ability to understand Egyptian texts within their cultural context in light of peculiarities of the language.

  1. A detailed understanding of the problems inherent in the surviving documentation.

  1. The facility to explore complex cultural issues combining a variety of data which need detailed and careful analysis.

  1. Sophisticated research skills in the examination of a series of related but distinct topics.

  1. A thorough knowledge of secondary and tertiary source material, displaying finely-tuned critical faculties.

Assessment

Bibliographic review essay (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (6000 words): 65%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AAM5020 - Research topics in archaeology: Ptolemaic and Roman Egypt

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gillian Bowen

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the current state of knowledge of aspects of Egypt's history in the wake of Alexander the Great's conquest. Themes include the response of the Egyptians to the introduction of hellenism and their interaction with the Macedonian and subsequent Roman overlords. It focuses upon the continuation of ancient cult practices within a multi-cultural environment and the subtle change in the nature of Egyptian society. Aspects of sex, gender definition and role assignment are explored in relation to the roles of the Ptolemaic queens. Literary, documentary and archaeological sources are analysed to identify and account for the changes, exploring internal and external influences.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough knowledge of the available historical and documentary sources.

  1. A critical appraisal of primary, secondary and tertiary source material.

  1. An understanding of how to read and appraise papyrological evidence.

  1. The facility to explore complex cultural issues combining a variety of data which need detailed and careful analysis.

  1. Sophisticated research skills in the examination of a series of related but distinct topics.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)


AAM5060 - Predynastic and early dynastic Egypt

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

It is recognised that the genesis of the Pharaonic state lay within the traditions which emerged within Egypt during the Predynastic Period and that the ensuing Early Dynastic Period was a transitional phase. This subject analyses the development of Egyptian culture and documents the processes which culminated in Unification. It examines Egypt's links with Nubia, the Sahara and the Levant to determine spheres of influence and impact. Modern theories of the emergence of complex society as they relate to Egypt, the impact of environmental change on this development and the techniques used to explore non-literate societies are examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Developed a knowledge of the archaeological record of the Predynastic and Early Dynastic Periods.

  1. Understood the complex cultural processes which led to the emergence of the unified Egyptian state.

  1. Examined the impact of environmental change upon north-east Africa.

  1. Developed skills in interpreting archaeological data in the light of cultural tradition reflected in later literary material from Egypt.

  1. Explored current theories of the emergence of complex society in the Near East and how the Egyptian evidence might be interpreted in light of them.

  1. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument drawing upon a variety of data.

  1. A sophisticated grasp of the relationship between Egypt and other Near Eastern societies and the role of archaeological analysis and data in building more complete theoretical models concerning the emergence of complex societies.

Assessment

Written work: 85% (7500 words)
seminar presentation: 15%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AAM5740 - Reading the ancient past

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope and Gillian Bowen

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon the technicalities involved in the interpretation and assessment of archaeological and textual data. Through the detailed examination of specific problems relating to Egypt, it will study the types of material which are available for use, and their relative reliability in respect of the question posed. The unit will also consider changing theories relating to the interpretation of cultural data.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to use various types of data, such as textual, archaeological and pictorial, in relation to specific problems.

  1. An ability to appraise critically the reliability of the source material.

  1. The ability to identify and appraise the various interpretations which have been placed upon data by scholars at different times.

  1. An awareness of the impact of contemporary ideology and religious beliefs upon the interpretation of the ancient past from the nineteenth century to the present day.

  1. A breadth of understanding of how aspects of the ancient past may be studied and the limitations of the available data.

  1. The ability to present a detailed analytical discussion which draws upon a wide variety of source material.

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the variety of source materials available and a greater degree of source-critical ability.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Seminar presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


AEH4001 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4002 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4003 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4004 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4005 - Arts Exchange Unit

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4006 - Arts Exchange Unit

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH5001 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH5002 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH5003 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH5004 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AIS5000 - Research project in Australian indigenous studies

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Lynette Russell

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent research into a topic of their choice related to Australian Indigenous Studies under staff supervision, through preparing a 9000 word project.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate skills to initiate and conduct independent research.
  2. Demonstrate an appreciation of and commitment to ethical research.
  3. Demonstrate advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills.
  4. Demonstrate advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word project.

Assessment

Written work: Research project 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory consultations

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Australian Studies (or other relevant Master degree)


AIS5000(A) - Research project in Australian indigenous studies A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


AIS5000(B) - Research project in Australian indigenous studies B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


ALM4110 - General linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Introduction to the fundamental concepts and tools of analysis used in linguistics and applied linguistics; The representation of sound in language (phonetics); the organisation of sounds in languages (phonology); the structure of words (morphology); the organisation of words in sentences (syntax); meaning, meaning relations and meaning change (semantics and pragmatics); the analysis of discourse and conversation; writing systems and historical linguistics; digital tools for linguistics.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have knowledge of the fundamental concepts and tools of analysis used in linguistics and applied linguistics; be equipped with basic skills in linguistic analysis; have been introduced to a number of research areas in linguistics; and have developed a critical perspective on language issues and problems relevant to society (language policy and planning, language in education, language in the professions, language in business and the media, bilingualism, language learning, etc.).

Assessment

Three assignments (9000 words in total): 25%+25%+50%


ALM4120 - Applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Three contexts for the application of linguistics are highlighted: education, the media and the professions. Language issues and problems including literacy and oracy; second language acquisition; language and ideology; language and discrimination; language and power; language policy and planning; intercultural and cross-cultural communication

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM4130 - Language in society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The forms, functions and uses of language in societies around the world. Areas of study include variation in language (eg social, regional, local, gender-based, age-based), language varieties (eg standard languages, registers, pidgins, creoles), notions such as that of a speech community, language change, language and culture, the statuses of languages and varieties, language attitudes, the uses and functions of language(s). The course also discusses a range of methods and approaches to the study of language in society, eg sociolinguistics, sociology of language, ethnography.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM4140 - Special topic in applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An opportunity for students on-campus to undertake a program of directed readings on a topic of relevance to their professional interests, subject to departmental approval.

Objectives

To maximize opportunities for graduate students to exploit the resources available in the Linguistics and allied programs.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM4150 - Research design in applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Simon Musgrave

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The 'what, how and why' of doing research in applied linguistics. Approaches to doing research in applied linguistics and to types and methods of research eg qualitative, quantitative, grounded research etc. Ways of data collection (eg interviewing, participant observation, questionnaires) and issues in data description, analysis and interpretation. Ethical concerns relating to research in applied linguistics.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10% (on campus students only)
Participation: 10% (off campus students only)

Contact hours

Off-campus: N/A On-campus: 2 hours lecture/seminar per week


ALM4190 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw and Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Specialisation in a relevant topic selected by the student in consultation with the likely supervisor and the coordinator.

Assessment

Research report (9000-10,000 words): 100%


ALM4250 - Second language acquisition

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of second language acquisition and attrition. The relation between first and second language acquisition; learning/acquisition contexts; foreign language learning vs second language acquisition; contrastive and error analysis; interlanguage; learner variability - age, aptitude, cognitive styles, attitude and motivation; theories of second language acquisition; learning strategies; classroom interaction analysis; implications for curriculum content; and attrition as the inverse of acquisition. Students work on problems in a language of interest to them.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM4350 - World Englishes

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Structural properties of varieties of English around the world; descriptive surveys (covering both phonology and grammar) of the main national standard Englishes, as well as a selection of the distinctive regional, ethnic and social varieties and also major contact and ESL varieties; historical and cultural background and current sociolinguistic situation of the respective regions; special focus on the non-standard varieties of Australasia and Pacific; global tendencies in phonological and grammatical variation (i.e. what are the least/most frequent features); notion of Standard English; attitudes to local varieties of English and the problem of standards.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features, and be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics; understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues; be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms; be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc.)

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Prohibitions

Either ALM4350 or ALM5350, but not both.


ALM5010 - Topics in linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A program of directed readings on a topic of relevance to the student's thesis.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5130 - Language in society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The forms, functions and uses of language in societies around the world. Areas of study include variation in language (eg social, regional, local, gender-based, age-based), language varieties (eg standard languages, registers, pidgins, creoles), notions such as that of a speech community, language change, language and culture, the statuses of languages and varieties, language attitudes, the uses and functions of language(s). The course also discusses a range of methods and approaches to the study of language in society, eg sociolinguistics, sociology of language, ethnography.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5150 - Research design in applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Simon Musgrave

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The 'what, how and why' of doing research in applied linguistics. Approaches to doing research in applied linguistics and to types and methods of research eg qualitative, quantitative, grounded research etc. Ways of data collection (eg interviewing, participant observation, questionnaires) and issues in data description, analysis and interpretation. Ethical concerns relating to research in applied linguistics.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. .identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Contact hours

Off-campus: N/A On-campus: 2 hours lecture/seminar per week


ALM5210 - Language and learning

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The role of language in learning. Conceptions of language (and linguistics analysis) and conceptions of learning (and the study of learning) which best enable us to establish useful connections between language and learning. The systemic-functional grammar and discourse analysis of M A K Halliday and its application to texts produced by learners. Issues including learning theory, cognitive science and the theory of knowledge.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5230 - Bilingualism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Language contact theory and its application in Australia; transference and code-switching; definitions of bilingualism; advantages and disadvantages of bilingualism; types and goals of bilingual education; the distribution and use of community languages in Australia; language maintenance and shift; language policy, including school language policy; field work.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5250 - Second language acquisition

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of second language acquisition and attrition. The relation between first and second language acquisition; learning/acquisition contexts; foreign language learning vs second language acquisition; contrastive and error analysis; interlanguage; learner variability - age, aptitude, cognitive styles, attitude and motivation; theories of second language acquisition; learning strategies; classroom interaction analysis; implications for curriculum content; and attrition as the inverse of acquisition. Students work on problems in a language of interest to them.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5270 - Literacy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Issues of mother-tongue and second language literacy. The socio-cultural context of literacy, especially cross-cultural and gender issues. The development of literacy in the pre-school years and in the classroom context. Approaches to the teaching of reading and writing. Genre theory and the contribution of a systemic-function approach to the development of writing.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5290 - Child language acquisition

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Children's acquisition of their first language, from infant pre-speech to adolescence. Different views of language acquisition and learning. The acquisition of phonological, morphological and syntactic systems, the development of word meaning and the acquisition of communicative competence. Students specialise in one of the above areas in the preparation of a research project.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5350 - World Englishes

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Structural properties of varieties of English around the world; descriptive surveys (covering both phonology and grammar) of the main national standard Englishes, as well as a selection of the distinctive regional, ethnic and social varieties and also major contact and ESL varieties; historical and cultural background and current sociolinguistic situation of the respective regions; special focus on the non-standard varieties of Australasia and Pacific; global tendencies in phonological and grammatical variation (i.e. what are the least/most frequent features); notion of Standard English; attitudes to local varieties of English and the problem of standards.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features, and be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics; understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues; be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms; be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc.)

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Prohibitions

Either ALM4350 or ALM5350, but not both.


ALM5370 - Discourse analysis

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Theoretical and methodological approaches to the analysis of discourses and texts. Analysis of written texts and conversation, especially cohesive factors in texts and stylistic and varietal differences in discourse structure. Conversational structure; narrative structures in different languages; indicators of semantic cohesion; how topics are introduced and terminated; how they are recognised and maintained; the distribution of information in a text (givenness, focus, etc.); the place of knowledge and context in language and understanding and the construction of texts in social contexts.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5390 - Language and Identity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. It examines the relationship between language, gender and the representation of masculinities and femininities, particularly in spoken texts. Topics covered include speech styles of women and men speaking in same sex and mixed sex groups, the issue of power and gender, sexuality, and women and men in their speech communities. In addition, language and identity construction will be examined in relation to nationality, ethnicity, religion, youth culture and second language learning.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  • Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language;
  • Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds;
  • Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
  • Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language;
  • Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context;
  • Use data thus collected to support an argument in relation to theoretical debates;
  • Present a coherent oral and written account of research thus conducted.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar (Day students only)


ALM5410 - Research Project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw and Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project allowing specialisation in a relevant topic, supervised by one or more members of the Department of Linguistics who are expert in the selected field of study.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5460 - Special topic in applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw and Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Guided reading in an area of applied linguistics of participants' choice. Guided reading involves the location and critical examination of the relevant literature in the chosen topic. The examination of the reading and its discussion with the supervisor will form the basis of the assessment for the subject.

Assessment

Written work and Literature review: 95%
Oral presentation: 5%


ALM5510 - Language maintenance in practice

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

Aims
On completion of this unit students should have:

  • applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;
  • developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationally

Objectives
  • On completion of this unit students should be able to:
  • draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;
  • formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;
  • plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;
  • apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;
  • undertake independent research;
  • analyse primary data;
  • write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

ALM4110, LIN4040, LIN4050


ALM5510A - Language maintenance in practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

Aims
On completion of this unit students should have:

  • applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;
  • developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationally

Objectives
  • On completion of this unit students should be able to:
  • draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;
  • formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;
  • plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;
  • apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;
  • undertake independent research;
  • analyse primary data;
  • write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

ALM4110, LIN4040, LIN4050


ALM5510B - Language maintenance in practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

Aims
On completion of this unit students should have:

  • applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;
  • developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationally

Objectives
  • On completion of this unit students should be able to:
  • draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;
  • formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;
  • plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;
  • apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;
  • undertake independent research;
  • analyse primary data;
  • write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

ALM4110, LIN4040, LIN4050


ASM4000 - Research Project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students conduct a pilot study as preparation for a larger study to be undertaken for a masters degree or a PhD. In workshops and through individual supervision, students learn research skills in terms of formulating a research topic in a specialised area, designing an empirical study, piloting the study, and writing a research report on the preliminary findings.

Assessment

Research report (9000 words): 100%


ASM4230 - Culture and conflict in Indonesia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brett Hough

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Processes of class formation and conflict in the context of the political economy of structural change in Indonesia. The cultural mediation of conflict, the cultural reproduction of group identity, and the dynamics of social movements engendered by modernisation - mass movements which draw on the symbols of Islam, ethnicity, nationalism, and various political ideologies.

Assessment

Written work: 95% (9,000 words)
Seminar Participation: 5%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour film screening and 2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


ASM4290 - Into the field: The theory and practice of Ethnography

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for their impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 40%
Essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ANY4399,ASM5290


ASM4380 - Women, psychiatry and madness

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jan van Bommel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A socio-historical analysis of the institutionalisation of madness and the current practice of de-institutionalisation. Critical assessment of sociological, medical and feminist theories of femininity, psychiatry and madness. Examine interpretations of psychoanalysis and female subjectivity (Freudian, Lacanian, French feminist).

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

SCY3380


ASM4430 - The third world

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Trudy Jacobsen

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The social consequences of economic development. The emergence of industrial capitalism and how through colonialism the seeds of capitalism and underdevelopment were sown in the Third World. The response of the Third World to these transformations. Debates about famine, debt-crisis, ecology, gender, and their connections with development processes.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Test: 20%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ANY3430


ASM4440 - Asia and the West

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Penny Graham

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit considers how categories like Asia and the West are constituted in the scholarly and popular imagination. Using film and written materials, the unit examines specific representations of Asian regions, cultures and societies with regard to issues of knowledge, power and subject position. Topics range from the problematic relationship between ecology and culture to a comparative analysis of how ancestral cosmologies, world religions, forms of modernity and the nation-state all work to shape local identities in Asia. Themes explored include how cross-cultural knowledge is constituted, how the workings of power are conceptualised and how status hierarchies are enacted and challenged.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to

  1. identify and critique key features of dichotomising accounts of Asia and the West (assessed in tasks 1 and 2);
  2. critically analyse a variety of tropes informing anthropological accounts of regions within Asia vis-a-vis the West (assessed in tasks 2 and 3);
  3. demonstrate a grasp of conceptual problems in the anthropological analysis of societies in Asia (assessed in tasks 2, 3 and 4);
  4. evaluate selected theoretical and ethnographic approaches to understanding the historical and sociological complexity of cultural and social formations in Asia (assessed in tasks 2, 3 and 4).

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Seminar participation: 10%
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

33 hours: 3-hour workshops x 11 weeks during semester

Prohibitions

ASM5440,ANY5440


ASM4800 - Special Subject (Third Year Subject Upgraded to Fourth)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jo Lindsay and John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In special circumstances, students may be permitted to enrol in other approved twelve-point fourth-year level units offered by the discipline. They must have the approval of the school graduate coordinator and enrol in the unit under this special code. This code does not apply to units outside the discipline.


ASM5080 - Theory and practice of research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit prepares students for research work and alerts them to the ethical issues in human subject research. It allows students to see how research is done and enables them to judge the value of specific research projects.

Assessment

Written (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ASM5100 - Violences

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Brett Hough

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores violences as a complex set of practices, from a range of disciplinary perspectives although with an overall emphasis on the social sciences. Topic areas covered in any year may include state-sanctioned violences like institutionalised torture and capital punishment; interpersonal violences such as rape and child abuse; and intellectual and political debates over ethics, research methodologies and epistemologies, and issues of representation. This unit will also entail examining violences via cross-cultural perspectives in order to highlight differences and similarities throughout the world.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students should be able to:

  1. Appreciate the plural character of the phenomenon 'violences'.

  1. Show a critical awareness of the diversity of understandings of and proffered solutions to violences.

  1. Present a debate or issue central to the project of trying to eliminate violence from social life.

  1. Demonstrate some understanding of the methodological, epistemological, ethical and political issues in researching a form of violence.

  1. Appreciate the relationship of work on violences to the 'crisis in representation' in the social sciences.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Seminar work: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour film screening) per week

Prohibitions

ANY4100, ASM4100


ASM5290 - Into the field: The theory and practice of Ethnography

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for their impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

One seminar paper (3000 words): 40%
Essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ASM5800 - Special Subject (Fourth Year Subject Upgraded to Fifth)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jan van Bommel

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In special circumstances, students may be permitted to enrol in other approved twelve-point fifth-year level units offered by the discipline. They must have the approval of the school graduate coordinator and enrol in the unit under this special code. This code does not apply to units outside the discipline.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Exam: 45%
Participation: 10%


AST4000 - Contemporary Issues in Asia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores political, economic, and social issues confronting societies in contemporary Asia. Students are encouraged to develop expertise on a particular country or issue, but they are also expected to become informed about Asia as a region.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
exam: 25%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AST4090 - Computer-Assisted Language Learning

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to carry out a wide range of small-scale CALL activities, which can be developed further to larger scale CALL projects. Students are required to work with lecturers of a Monash Language course of their choice to produce some integrated CALL activities.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AST4110 - Research Project in Asian Studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students should collect 'Guidelines for students undertaking a research project' from The Program Coordinator.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

Approval of a research topic and supervisor


AST4220 - Investigating other societies: Area studies in Global perspective

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer and Marika Vicziany

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the challenges of research work in the Asian region and seeks to equip students with some of the skills needed for it. In a series of modules, students will be introduced to a range of potential source materials for the study of Asia, such as documents, census reports, fictional texts, and films, and to a range of research methodologies applicable to the study of Asia including fieldwork in villages, archival work, data collection and interviews. Students will be encouraged to think about issues of ethical obligations in relation to fieldwork, such as those raised by non-Asian scholars making judgments about Asia, cultural bias, and the "ownership" of knowledge.

Objectives

Students successfully completing AST4220 will:

  1. Be able to converse intelligently about issues of cultural bias and the ownership of knowledge.

  1. Have a firm grasp of a range of sources and methodologies applicable to research in Asia and a firm understanding of the scholarly principles that underpin them.

  1. Have a firm understanding of the link between scholarship, public debate and nationalistic political agendas in Asia.

  1. Be able to put together a sophisticated Asia-related research or consultancy proposal.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (6000 words)
2 hour exam: 30%
Class participation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a postgraduate program

Co-requisites

At least one other unit in a postgraduate program


AST4680 - Research Project A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the unit. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Prerequisites

JAL4610 or permission


AST4690 - Research Project B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the subject. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Prerequisites

AST4680


AST5000 - Contemporary Issues in Asia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores political, economic, and social issues confronting societies in contemporary Asia. Students are encouraged to develop expertise on a particular country or issue, but they are also expected to
become informed about Asia as a region.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AST5060 - Japan and Asia since 1945: war legacies and memory wars

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examine various debates about World War II legacies in the Asian region, affecting particularly Japan's relationship with Korea, with China and with various other peoples and nations that suffered from Japan's invasion up to 1945. As well as examining the parameters of these debates, the unit encourages reflection on the politicised and consumable nature of the past, and on the processes of remembering and forgetting upon which the identity of nations and communities are built.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit, the students should have 1) acquired a solid foundation of knowledge about the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific 2)become familiar with a number of specific issues related to war legacies and war memory 3)developed critical insights into the contested and fluid nature of representations of the past, and become familiar with the major writers in the area 4)developed research and interpretation skills through preparation for and participation in the weekly seminars, and through preparation for their written assignments 5) practised devising a feasible research project 6) practised presenting and debating ideas and interpretations effectively and in an informed manner, both orally and in writing

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

1 one-hour lecture per week for 13 weeks and 1 two-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks


AST5090 - Computer-Assisted Language Learning

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to carry out a wide range of small-scale CALL activities, which can be developed further to larger scale CALL projects. Students are required to work with lecturers of a Monash language course of their choice to produce some integrated CALL activities.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AST5110 - Research Project in Asian Studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


AST5220 - Investigating other societies: Area studies in Global perspective

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer and Marika Vicziany

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the challenges of research work in the Asian region and seeks to equip students with some of the skills needed for it. In a series of modules, students will be introduced to a range of potential source materials for the study of Asia, such as documents, census reports, fictional texts, and films, and to a range of research methodologies applicable to the study of Asia including fieldwork in villages, archival work, data collection and interviews. Students will be encouraged to think about issues of ethical obligations in relation to fieldwork, such as those raised by non-Asian scholars making judgments about Asia, cultural bias, and the "ownership" of knowledge.

Objectives

Students successfully completing AST5220 will:

  1. Be able to converse intelligently about issues of cultural bias and the ownership of knowledge.

  1. Have a firm grasp of a range of sources and methodologies applicable to research in Asia and a firm understanding of the scholarly principles that underpin them.

  1. Have a firm understanding of the link between scholarship, public debate and nationalistic political agendas in Asia.

  1. Be able to put together a sophisticated Asia-related research or consultancy proposal.

  1. Be able to discuss in detail and to justify the significance of research on a particular aspect of Asia or Australia's relationship to Asia.

  1. Have a clear idea as to how to research and write a policy document.

  1. Have considerable sophistication in terms of the ways they represent Asia.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (6000 words)
2 hour exam: 30%
Class participation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a postgraduate program

Co-requisites

At least one other unit in a postgraduate program


AST5250 - Reading Subject

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marika Vicziany

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


AST5680 - Research Project A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the unit. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Prerequisites

JAL4610 or permission


AST5690 - Research Project B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the subject. The paper will be written in English. Fifth-year students use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Written work up to 10,000 words: 100%

Prerequisites

AST4680


AST5700A - Research Dissertation - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A substantial research project under the direction of a supervisor in the School, and a dissertation of 15,000 to 18,000 words. Students at fifth-year level demonstrate a deeper acquaintance with the research topic.


AST5700B - Research Dissertation - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A substantial research project under the direction of a supervisor in the School, and a dissertation of 15,000 to 18,000 words. Students at fifth-year level demonstrate a deeper acquaintance with the research topic.


ATM4010 - Tourism industry and marketing

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the structure of the tourism industry from a global perspective. The key questions of: what types of tourists exist, who are the key players driving development and what are the basic economic principles of demand, supply and yield management that underpin its existence are addressed. Students are then presented with an overview of basic international service marketing concepts within a marketing planning framework. Topics include marketing research and analysis, the marketing mix, segmentation, target marketing, marketing strategy, communication methods, advertising, public relations and publicity.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An understanding of the structure and operation of the tourism industry globally, and within Australia.
  2. The ability to undertake a critical analysis of tourism marketing strategies employed by countries, regions and individual firms.
  3. An understanding the basic economic concepts associated with the tourism industry.
  4. An understanding of the concepts and theories of marketing as applied to the tourism industry.
  5. An understanding of the basic techniques and tools of marketing management as applied to the tourism industry.
  6. Developed their research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Examination (3 hrs) : 30%
Research Paper (2500) : 25%
Major Assignment (3500) : 35%
Participation : 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATD4010


ATM4020 - Ecotourism management

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Key issues surrounding the economics and marketing of the environment as a tourism product are introduced within the wider context of debates on environmental sustainability in both International and Australian contexts. Specific focus is placed on the funding and management of national parks, nature-based attractions and adventure tourism operations as well as on how both public sector and private enterprise operators develop sustainable environmentally based products. Techniques for quantifying negative and positive impacts of this kind of tourism are reviewed as are the social, political and economic impacts on regional communities. A compulsory program of fieldwork is undertaken in the Gippsland region and students will be expected to attend classes at both the city and Gippsland campuses.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of direct and indirect physical, social and economic implications of nature-based tourism development on communities
  2. Knowledge and skills in measuring and quantifying the impacts of ecotourism product development on the environment and local economies
  3. Understanding of ecotourism product development, marketing and management strategies as undertaken by both government and private agencies
  4. The ability to apply relevant theoretical concepts to practical fieldwork and engagement with industry practitioners in both Melbourne and the Gippsland region
  5. Development of written and oral communication skills

Assessment

Exam (3hrs) : 30%
Group Research Project (4000) : 40%
Thematic Essay (2000) : 20%
Research Presentation : 10%

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar at the City campus and 3 x 2 day seminars in block mode at Gippsland Campus including fieldwork.

Prohibitions

ATM5020


ATM4060 - Contemporary Issues in Tourism

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as poverty alleviation through tourism and the growth of independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to a destination such as Fiji or North Queensland. (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;
  2. a developed capacity to undertake original research on an area of their particular interest;
  3. enhanced written and oral communication skills suitable for progress in the tourism profession;
  4. an understanding of key issues facing the future development of the industry;
  5. an understanding of the principles and practices of e-tourism.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2 hour exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

6 x 2 hour lectures, 1 x 3 hour student presentation seminars and a 7 day intensive study tour with industry seminars and field work

Prohibitions

ATD4060; ATM5060


ATM4120 - Sustainable tourism development and planning

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Patterns of sustainable tourism product development and management and the contemporary role of planning for tourism. Key study areas comprise the future of global tourism, government policy and industry practice, the impacts of the tourism industry on the economy, communities and the environment and the design and implementation of tourism planning.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. encourage critical analysis of sustainable tourism development in terms of potential positive and negative impacts on cultures and the environment;
  2. familiarise students with the historical origins of tourism so that they may apply their understanding to contemporary tourism patterns and dilemmas;
  3. acquaint students with the planning and policy making role of Governments, private operators and communities in tourism development;
  4. enable students to 'read' changes in tourism landscapes from which they can draw conclusions and raise questions about future tourism development;
  5. familiarise students with planning procedures for tourism purposes;
  6. develop students' research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
3 Hour exam: 30%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATD4120


ATM4141 - Cultural tourism and special events

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Trends, theories and practices in cultural tourism and special events, especially the role of social/environmental impacts and related policy issues in modifying the future of cultural tourism internationally. Unit explores the interpretation of cultural phenomena, institutions, places and landscapes as tourism attractions and identifies cultural product and marketing practices which bridge the gap between tourism and cultural resource management.

Objectives

On successful completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Provide a foundation knowledge of the role of cultural tourism in Australian and international contexts.
  2. Provide understanding of the theory and practice of cultural tourism product development, including major cultural institutions such as museums, theatres and galleries and of cultural precincts.
  3. Equip with skills in analyzing the interaction of tourism with built and natural cultural heritage and Aboriginal culture and history.
  4. Develop research, writing and oral presentation skills

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Oral presentation: 10% (1000 words)
3 Hour exam 30%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

ATD4140, ATM5140


ATM5001 - Study Abroad - Tourism

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to help facilitate graduate students gaining an international tourism perspective by spending a full semester on exchange at a specific exchange partner university. Students must complete the equivalent of 24 points of level 5 Monash units whilst on exchange. Students must seek approval from the course coordinator to take a substitute unit to ATM5090 at the exchange partner institution.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of international tourism through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies : 100
Students will undertake full time exchange studies for one semester at a partner institution and must seek approval from the course coordinator to take a substitute unit to ATM5090.

Contact hours

Exchange Studies

Prerequisites

Distinction average in ATD4010 or ATM4010 and ATD4120 or ATM4120

Prohibitions

ATD4000


ATM5010 - Tourism industry and marketing

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As for ATM4010

Assessment

Group assignment (9000 words): 45%
Class participation: 10%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATD4010, ATM4010


ATM5020 - Ecotourism management

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Key issues surrounding the economics and marketing of the environment as a tourism product are introduced within the wider context of debates on environmental sustainability in both International and Australian contexts. Specific focus is placed on the funding and management of national parks, nature-based attractions, and outdoor adventure tourism operations as well as on how both public sector and private enterprise operators develop sustainable environmentally based products. Techniques for quantifying negative and positive impacts of this kind of tourism are reviewed as are the social, political and economic impacts on regional communities. A compulsory program of fieldwork is undertaken in the Gippsland region and students will be expected to attend classes at both the city and Gippsland campuses.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of direct and indirect physical, social and economic implications of nature-based tourism development on communities
  2. Knowledge and skills in measuring and quantifying the impacts of ecotourism product development on the environment and local economies
  3. Understanding of ecotourism product development, marketing and management strategies as undertaken by both government and private agencies
  4. The ability to apply relevant theoretical concepts to practical fieldwork and engagement with industry practitioners in both Melbourne and the Gippsland region
  5. Development of written and oral communication skills
  6. A capacity to undertake original applied research in an area of their interest through liaison with an industry partner.

Assessment

Exam (3hrs) : 30%
Industry Research Project (6000) : 60%
Research Presentation : 10%

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar at the City campus and 3 x 2 day seminars in block mode at Gippsland Campus including fieldwork.

Prohibitions

ATM4020


ATM5060 - Contemporary issues in tourism

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as poverty alleviation through tourism and the growth of independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to a destination such as Fiji or North Queensland. (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;
  2. an understanding of the principles and practices of e-tourism;
  3. enhanced research and writing skills through the application of appropriate theory to real-life problem solving;
  4. enhanced oral communication skills suitable for professional progression in management of the tourism profession;
  5. experience in working with tourism professionals in response to industry needs.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

6 x 2 hour lectures, 1 x 3 hour student presentation seminars and a 7 day intensive study tour with industry seminars and field work

Prohibitions

ATD4060, ATM4060


ATM5070 - International tourism marketing

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

An overview of international tourism from a cost/benefit approach. Principles of international marketing. Australia's international marketing strategies, especially regarding Japan, Europe, UK and Ireland, North America, New Zealand and Asia.

Assessment

Assignment (7000 words): 45%
Class participation: 15%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

ATM5010

Prohibitions

ATD4070, ATM4070


ATM5090 - Applied industry research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Evening)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Reviews the strategic role research plays in the tourism industry both globally and in Australia. Topics include, defining the research problem and objectives, analyzing secondary data sources, qualitative and quantitative methodology selection, questionnaire design, fieldwork preparation, data analysis and presentation.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an understanding of the availability of secondary research data and an overview of tourism trends and research directions from both an Australian and Global perspective.

  1. To develop students' capacity to understand the basics principles of research design for both qualitative and quantitative studies and the role played by research in tourism strategic planning.

  1. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of secondary tourism data.

  1. To develop students' written and oral communication skills.

  1. To provide students with an understanding of how to conduct a primary quantitative research study including questionnaire design, data entry, analysis and presentation.

  1. To provide students with an understanding of the applicability of the SPSS computer program to research in the tourism industry.

Assessment

Analytical assignment/take-home exam (2000 words): 30%
Group research report (6000 words): 50%
Research presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATD4090


ATM5100 - Industry Internship

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The special industry based research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in tourism associated with an industry partner. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for identifying and contacting a suitable industry partner and arranging the placement as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. Students then formulate their research topic in consultation with their appointed supervisor and the industry partner. Students should work with the industry partner over a four to five week period. Students are not permitted to undertake the project in their usual place of work.

Objectives

  1. To develop students' skills to undertake a critical analysis of a project or firm associated with the tourism industry.

  1. To develop students' capacity to underdertake an independent research project.

  1. To develop practical work skills in an industry environment.

  1. To develop an understanding of the key concepts of management and how it applies to the tourism industry.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Prerequisites

High Credit average in ATM4010, ATM4120, ATM4141 and permission from course co-ordinator


ATM5140 - Cultural Tourism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As for ATD5140

Assessment

Written work: 70% (7000 words)
3 hour exam: 30%


ATM5500 - Industry research thesis

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved tourism related topic, usually one with an industry focus. With guidance from the supervisor (s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the tourism industry and tourism related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s).

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Tourism program.


ATM5500(A) - Industry research thesis

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


ATM5500(B) - Industry research thesis

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


AUS4010 - Exploring Australia: Diverse people, diverse lives

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Arnold

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Exploring Australia investigates diverse local communities and the networks of places, activities and loyalties that collectively form Australian society. Through guided project work and excursions to key cultural sites in the city and the bush, students will be introduced to a rich and complex Indigenous culture and many of the other communities that have shaped contemporary Australia. This interdisciplinary unit informed by film, literature and history, will enable students to reflect on their own cultural values and critically engage with differing perspectives on the diversity of Australian society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  2. Recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values.
  3. Reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers.
  4. Utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites.
  5. Communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness.
  6. Employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  7. Develop collaborative skills in working within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals.
  8. Work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 40%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 10%
Research project (4000) : 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

AUS5010


AUS4025 - Australia unlimited: Local issues, global challenges

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Contemporary Australia is experiencing global challenges, such as the movement of refugees, threats to the environment and international terrorism. This troubled engagement with the outside world has been a recurrent theme in Australia's history and shaped the nature of our society. Australia Unlimited looks at Australia through the context of the region and the world. An interdisciplinary unit, it explores the origins of key Australian institutions and examines the issues and debates dividing modern Australia. Topics include the attempted dispossession of Australia's Indigenous communities, immigration and asylum seekers, class and gender inequality and the impact of globalization.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to transnational issues as they impact on Australia, especially the concept of 'glocalisation';
  2. recognise and account for the effects of globalisation in Australia, including the changing role of government and changing patterns of work and consumption;
  3. recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values;
  4. reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers;
  5. utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  6. communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness;
  7. employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to Australia in a global context;
  8. work collaboratively within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals;
  9. work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 30%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 15%
Research project (4000) : 45%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

AUS5025


AUS4220 - Australian landscape

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The study of a particular topic in Australian culture or society or, in exceptional circumstances, a unit taken in a cognate discipline. Students should consult with the unit coordinator.

Objectives

To maximize opportunities for graduate students to exploit the resources available in the Australian Studies and allied programs

Assessment

Work equivalent to 9,000-10,000 words: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

AUS5220


AUS5000 - Research Project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel and Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The special research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for devising their topic as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member. Students are responsible to formulate their research topic in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an opportunity to undertake an extended research project focusing on a topic of their particular interest.

  1. To develop students' capacity to draw on a range of research methodologies suitable to their topic.

  1. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of suitable secondary data.

  1. To develop students' written communication skills.

  1. To develop students' capacity to tackle a particular issue, project or problem in depth.

Assessment

Major Research Essay or the equivalent of two articles (9000 - 10,000 words total): 9000 - 10,000 words 100%

Prerequisites

Special permission from the course co-ordinator.


AUS5003 - Research Project in Australian Studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The special research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in Australian Studies. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member or university associate other than the supervisor. Students formulate their research topics in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

Upon the completion of the special research project students will have demonstrated a capacity:

  1. To plan and undertake an extended research project in Australian Studies.

  1. To undertake original research of a scholarly nature of an extended kind.

  1. To research and successfully interpret a body of documentary source material in conjunction with a range of suitable secondary sources.

  1. To complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Essay or research project of 9000-10,000 words or the equivalent of two publishable articles (9000-10,000 words total): 100%

Prerequisites

An approved complement of 4th years subjects totaling 48 pts with a credit average or better


AUS5010 - Exploring Australia: Diverse people, diverse lives

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Arnold

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Exploring Australia investigates diverse local communities and the networks of places, activities and loyalties that collectively form Australian society. Through guided project work and excursions to key cultural sites in the city and the bush, students will be introduced to a rich and complex Indigenous culture and many of the other communities that have shaped contemporary Australia. This interdisciplinary unit informed by film, literature and history, will enable students to reflect on their own cultural values and critically engage with differing perspectives on the diversity of Australian society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  2. Recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values.
  3. Reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers.
  4. Utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites.
  5. Communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness.
  6. Employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  7. Develop collaborative skills in working within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals.
  8. Work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.
  9. Undertake social science research using interviews or questionnaires.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 40%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 10%
Research project (4000) : 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

AUS4010


AUS5025 - Exploring Australia: Diverse people, diverse lives

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Contemporary Australia is experiencing global challenges, such as the movement of refugees, threats to the environment and international terrorism. This troubled engagement with the outside world has been a recurrent theme in Australia's history and shaped the nature of our society. Australia Unlimited looks at Australia through the context of the region and the world. An interdisciplinary unit, it explores the origins of key Australian institutions and examines the issues and debates dividing modern Australia. Topics include the attempted dispossession of Australia's Indigenous communities, immigration and asylum seekers, class and gender inequality and the impact of globalization.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to transnational issues as they impact on Australia, especially the concept of 'glocalisation';
  2. recognise and account for the effects of globalisation in Australia, including the changing role of government and changing patterns of work and consumption;
  3. recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values;
  4. reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers;
  5. utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  6. communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness;
  7. employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to Australia in a global context;
  8. work collaboratively within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals;
  9. work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers;
  10. Undertake social science research using interviews or questionnaires.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 30%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 15%
Research project (4000) : 45%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

AUS4025


AUS5035A - Research Dissertation in Australian Studies - Pt 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Students devise a research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with the unit coordinator and a potential supervisor. Students develop skills of independent learning and critical thinking through carrying out their research under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. The completion of an 18,000-word dissertation assesses the student's ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Objectives

Upon completing AUS5035 students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. skills of independent learning and research;
  2. the ability to reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback;
  3. the ability to utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and to locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  4. knowledge of a specific body of research in the field of Australian Studies;
  5. critical thinking, analytical and problem solving skills;
  6. the ability to recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and the ability to reflect on their own cultural values;
  7. a critical awareness of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to Australian Studies;
  8. effective written communication skills across an 18,000-word project;
  9. the ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Dissertation proposal synopsis and outline (1500 words): 10%;

Literature review (1500 words): 10%;

Dissertation (15,000 words): 80

Contact hours

Average contact 1 hour fortnightly with 24 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

AUS5003 Research Project in Australian Studies


AUS5035B - Research Dissertation in Australian Studies - Pt 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for AUS5035A

Objectives

As for AUS5035A

Assessment

AS for AUS5035A

Contact hours

As for AUS5035A

Prohibitions

As for AUS5035A


AUS5220 - Australian landscape

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


CHB4101 - Ethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. It deals with developments in meta-ethics since Hume, and with the three main traditional perspectives in normative ethics: utilitarianism, Kantianism, and virtue ethics.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4101.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4101.php


CHB4102 - Questions of life and death

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Linda Barclay

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4102.php

Assessment

Essay (5000 words): 50%
Take-home exam: 50% (For DE students required to keep a journal)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

CHB4101 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4102.php


CHB4203 - Ethical issues in patient care

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rob Sparrow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of certain key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on four main ethical principles commonly appealed to in this context: autonomy, privacy, beneficence and justice. These principles and the relations and conflicts between them will be examined in terms of a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as paternalism, confidentiality, informed consent, surrogacy, resource allocation, and euthanasia. There will also be some discussion of competing models of health professional-patient relationships, and issues of professional autonomy.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4203.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

CHB4101 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4203.php


CHB4204 - Legal issues in bioethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for understanding the role and impact of law in areas of concern in bioethics, and considers how ethical and social debate can affect the process of law reform. It initially examines what values the state ought to be committed to, and the justifiable limits on legislative intervention. This is followed by an examination of the current law and legal approach to areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, prenatal diagnosis, IVF, embryo experimentation, informed consent, confidentiality, and euthanasia. The process of legal change and development and its relationship to scientific advances and ethical debate will also be discussed.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4204.php

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 50% ; DE students required to keep a journal.

Contact hours

2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

CHB4101 and CHB4203, or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4204.php


CHB4215 - Bioethics supervised research paper

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete an original supervised research paper on a bioethical topic of their own choice. In the paper, students are required to articulate and defend a line of ethical reasoning or argument on their chosen topic. While not a general requirement, some topics may allow scope for a limited amount of original empirical research. Students will be allocated a supervisor on the basis of their research proposal, and should meet with their supervisor on a regular basis throughout the semester.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4215.php

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

CHB4101, CHB4102, and CHB4203, or equivalents

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4215.php


CHB5101 - Ethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory, as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. The unit outlines three main perspectives in normative ethics - Kantianism, Utilitarianism, and Virtue Ethics - and examines several key problems for each of these approaches. The unit also considers certain issues in meta-ethics, such as the question of whether moral judgements must be relative to individuals or cultures, or whether they can be objective.
For further information, see the unit's website at:
http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5101.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5101.php


CHB5102 - Questions of life and death

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Linda Barclay

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5102.php

Assessment

Essay (5000 words): 50%
Take-home exam: 50% (For DE students required to keep a journal)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

CHB5101 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5102.php


CHB5203 - Health care ethics: Principles and practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rob Sparrow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit focuses initially on four ethical principles used to justify decisions in patient care: autonomy, privacy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are then applied to a variety of ethical issues in health care practice, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalistic interventions, breaches of confidentiality, assisted reproductive technologies, surrogate motherhood, and euthanasia. The role of health professionals is also considered, in relation to issues in family caregiving, and conscientious refusals to treat patients, and the unit also examines some key ethical issues in biomedical research involving human subjects.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5203.php

Objectives

On successful completion of CHB5203, students should have acquired the skills to:

  • bring a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to the analysis and evaluation of certain ethical issues in patient care;
  • think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles; and
  • make informed judgements about the ethics of certain ways of acting in ethically sensitive areas of patient care, and be able to defend those judgements on the basis of argument.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

CHB5101 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHB5203 and CHB5233; CHB5203 and CHB4203

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5203.php


CHB5204 - Bioethics, public policy, and the law

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, prenatal diagnosis, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of severely handicapped newborn infants. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, and the regulation of research on humans.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5204.php

Objectives

On successful completion of CHB5204 students should have acquired the skills to:

  • uncover the political values underlying views about State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices
  • think critically about those political values
  • understand some of the practical problems in State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices
  • develop sufficient understanding of the ethics of regulating various reproductive and health care practices to provide a basis for forming your own views on these matters.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

two hours/week

Prerequisites

CHB5101 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHB5204 and CHB5255; CHB5204 and CHB4204

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5204.php


CHB5206 - Bioethics supervised research paper

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This is an individual supervised reading course. Students will be assigned a supervisor, and will formulate a topic of their choosing in collaboration with their supervisor. The supervisor will then recommend reading relevant to that topic, and will provide guidance in structuring the written assignment. As a part of this process students will write an initial research proposal and a critical commentary on a relevant article or book chapter.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5206.php

Assessment

Research outline 1000 words 10%
Research paper 8000 words 90%

Co-requisites

CHB5101 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5206.php


CHB5207 - Ethical issues in professional life

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life, and the moral foundations of professional obligations. The unit begins by introducing the three main ethical theories - Kantianism, utilitarianism, and virtue ethics - and explains how each theory characteristically approaches issues in professional ethics. It moves on to examine euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; and social justice and business professionals. It also deals with whistle-blowing and some issues in the moral psychology of professional roles.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5207.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5207.php


CHB5233 - Principles of health care ethics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rob Sparrow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on four main ethical principles, embodying the concepts of autonomy, privacy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are used to analyse and discuss a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalism, breaches of patient confidentiality, in vitro fertilisation, research involving humans, and euthanasia. There is also some discussion of the role of health professionals, in relation to conscientious refusals to treat patients, and issues in family caregiving.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. Use a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to analyse and evaluate ethical issues in patient care.

  1. Think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles.

  1. Make informed judgements about the ethics of certain patient care practices, and use argument to defend those judgements.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

CHB5233 and CHB5203


CHB5255 - Legal issues in bioethics and health care ethics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for understanding the role and impact of law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on views about what values the state ought to promote, the justifiable limits of legislative intervention, and approaches to public policy formulation in a democratic pluralist society. We then examine the current law and legal approach (particularly in Australia) to areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, voluntary euthanasia, selective treatment of severely handicapped newborn infants, prenatal diagnosis, surrogate motherhood, and the health professional-patient relationship, particularly with regard to informed consent and confidentiality.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


CHB5288 - Ethical issues in legal and professional life

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life generally, and considers how debates about specific ethical issues familiar to those in certain professions can be advanced by comparisons with discussions about parallel ethical issues arising in other professions. We investigate what sorts of moral considerations might allow professional roles to license behaviour which departs significantly from what ordinary morality would permit. The unit then examines euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; social justice and business professionals, along with whistleblowing, and the moral psychology of professional roles.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5288.php

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5288.php


CHI4010 - Chinese 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small number of everyday practical situations.

  1. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

CHI1010, CHI1901, CHI2010, CHI2901, CHI5010


CHI4020 - Chinese 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work & tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 1 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1020, CHI1902, CHI2020, CHI2902, CHI5020


CHI4030 - Chinese 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Irving

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Chinese 3 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

Objectives

Building on the skills acquired in Beginning Chinese, upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).

  1. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.

  1. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.

  1. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.

  1. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1030, CHI1903, CHI2030, CHI2903, CHI3903, CHI5030


CHI4050 - Chinese 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese 4; Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI3040 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1050, CHI1905, CHI2050, CHI2905, CHI3050, CHI3095, CHI5050


CHI4060 - Chinese 6

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI4050 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1060, CHI1906, CHI2060, CHI2906, CHI3060, CHI3906, CHI5060


CHI4070 - Chinese 7

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Warren Sun

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

  1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

  1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 (CHI1060) or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1070, CHI1079, CHI2070, CHI2079, CHI3070, CHI3079, CHI4079, CHI4907, CHI5070


CHI4080 - Chinese 8

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Warren Sun

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

  1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

  1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 7 or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1080, CHI1098, CHI2080, CHI2098, CHI3080, CHI3098, CHI4089, CHI4908, CHI5080


CHI4090 - Chinese 9

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

Prohibitions

CHI1090, CHI1909, CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4099, CHI4909, CHI5090


CHI4100 - Chinese 10

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating
Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s TO 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI2190, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


CHI4110 - Chinese 11

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week



Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

Prohibitions

CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110


CHI4119 - Chinese 11

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through investigation into literature writings in Chinese language, this unit will help students to understand Chinese language as it used to express complex ideas of contemporary Chinese writers about social, political and cultural changes in post-Mao China. Through various research projects, this unit will also help students to write critical essays in Chinese language for academic purposes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired an ability to write and speak effectively in standard Chinese on a range of intellectual issues in post-Mao China. More specifically, students are expected to improve:

  1. their understanding of key issues in contemporary Chinese literature and cultural issues;
  2. their knowledge of recent developments in Chinese literature and Chinese cinema;
  3. their understanding of Chinese language as it used to express complex social, cultural, political and economic change in contemporary China;
  4. their basic analytical and language skills necessary for research in Chinese studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI 3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4911, CHI5110


CHI4120 - Chinese 12

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 11 or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4129, CHI4912, CHI5120


CHI4430 - Understanding modern China

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of key features of modern Chinese intellectual history with reference to: East-West perspectives on Chinese Studies; May Fourth concepts of enlightenment, democracy, science and nationalism; the Cultural Revolution and the renewal of humanist values in post-Mao China.
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies.
  3. Translation skills (appropriate to the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies.
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political contexts of the evolution of modern Chinese thought in the twentieth century.
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation:(3000 words): 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Literature review (750 words): 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHI2430/3430/4439


CHI4440 - Understanding contemporary China

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will extend on the work completed in "Understanding Modern China" by introducing students to further aspects of the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences;
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies;
  3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies;
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry;
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation project: 67%
Oral presentation and written summary (750 words): 16%; Film review (750 words): 17%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

CHI2440/3440/4449


CHI4550 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The usage of Chinese for professional purposes through participation in the production of an online Chinese language student journal, which will be published on the School's web site. Entry is limited to twelve places per semester.

Assessment

Class contribution: 10%
Written work: 60%
Presentations: 30%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese level equivalent to Chinese 7

Prohibitions

CHI2550, CHI2955, CHI3550, CHI3955, CHI4559


CHI4560 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The usage of Chinese for professional purposes through participation in the production of an online Chinese language student journal, which will be published on the School's web site. Entry is limited to twelve places per semester.

Assessment

Class contribution: 10%
Written work: 60%
Presentations: 30%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese level equivalent to Chinese 7

Prohibitions

CHI2560, CHI2960, CHI3560, CHI3960, CHI4569


CHI4909 - Chinese 9 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1090, CHI1909,CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI5090, CHI5909


CHI4910 - Chinese 10 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours of three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1100, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


CHI5010 - Chinese 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small number of everyday practical situations.

  1. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

CHI1010, CHI1901, CHI2010, CHI2901, CHI4010


CHI5020 - Chinese 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work & tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 1 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1020, CHI1902, CHI2020, CHI2902, CHI4020


CHI5030 - Chinese 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Irving

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Chinese 3 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).

  1. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.

  1. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.

  1. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.

  1. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1030, CHI1903, CHI2030, CHI2903, CHI3903, CHI4030


CHI5040 - Chinese 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Irving

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Chinese 4 completes an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer assisted learning materials.

Objectives

Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

  1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total.
  2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and

Advanced Chinese). 4. Comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts. 5. Basic Chinese word processing skills. 6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs)).

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 3 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1040, CHI1904, CHI2040, CHI2904, CHI3904, CHI4040


CHI5050 - Chinese 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese 4; Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI4040 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1050, CHI1905, CHI2050, CHI2905, CHI3050, CHI3905, CHI4050


CHI5060 - Chinese 6

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI5050 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1060, CHI1906, CHI2060, CHI2906, CHI3060, CHI3906, CHI4060


CHI5070 - Chinese 7

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Warren Sun

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

  1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

  1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 (CHI1060) or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4097, CHI4907


CHI5080 - Chinese 8

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Warren Sun

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

  1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

  1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 7 or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1080, CHI1908, CHI2080, CHI2908, CHI3080, CHI3908, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI4908


CHI5090 - Chinese 9

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating the work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings in Chinese extracted from significant works by modern authors.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

Prohibitions

CHI1090, CHI1909, CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI4099, CHI4909


CHI5100 - Chinese 10

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s TO 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910


CHI5110 - Chinese 11

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

Prohibitions

CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911


CHI5120 - Chinese 12

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 11 or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI4912


CHI5450 - Chinese for business communication, Part 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Candy Wang

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis;
  2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills;
  3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts;
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work & class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1450, CHI1945, CHI2450, CHI2945, CHI3450, CHI3945, CHI4450, CHI4459


CHI5460 - Chinese for Business Communication, Part 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Candy Wang

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1; This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis;
  2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1;
  3. to extend translation skills in translating business text;
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work & class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

Chinese for Business Communication, Part 1 or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469


CHI5907 - Chinese 7 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The unit aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
Written work: 30%
Exam: 30%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI5070, CHI5907


CHI5909 - Chinese 9 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1090, CHI1909,CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI4909, CHI5090


CHI5911 - Chinese 11 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110


CHI5920 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


CHI5930 - Research essay in Chinese studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An essay of 9,000 words (maximum) on an approved Chinese Studies topic of the student's choice. A supervisor will be assigned according to the topic chosen. Three copies of the essay to be submitted for assessment at the end of the semester

Objectives

This unit is intended to provide students with:

  1. a broader and deeper understanding of one chosen aspect of Chinese Studies;
  2. advanced research methods and skills relevant to the chosen aspect of Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Essay (9,000 words) : 100%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


CHI5946 - Chinese for business communication, part 2 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program and provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students improve their Chinese language proficiency, and are introduced to an increased range of language features common to business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in their translation and writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1. This will promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:
1/ to acquire familiarity with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis
2/ to extend their basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1
3/ to extend their translation skills in translating business text, and
4/ to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work & Class Test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over 3 weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469, CHI4946, CHI5460


CHI5990 - Individual option

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


CJM4030 - Criminal justice practice and reform

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit equips students to critically analyse and evaluate perennial issues in criminal justice practice and reform. Topics examined include: catalysts for reform and changing practice; domestic practice and reform; international practice and reform; and key sector involvement in informing policy change, for example, race and the criminal justice system. The unit examines these and other fields of inquiry across a range of jurisdictions. In doing so it assists the reflective practitioner to analyse key issues in changing criminal justice practice at the local, regional and international levels.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of catalysts for criminal justice reform and changing practice including miscarriages of justice, commissions of inquiry, non government bodies, the parliament and political process and changing technology.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of domestic criminal justice practice and reform including introduction of the Koori court, drugs policy, crime prevention and the administration of justice.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of international criminal justice practice and reform including issues relating to privatisation, punishment and sentencing and conflicting jurisdictional issues at the local, state, federal and international levels.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key sectors in criminal justice practice and reform including national and international trends in crime and punishment, the professionalisation of criminal justice practitioners, accountability processes and community involvement in controlling crime.

  1. Undertake integrated analyses of criminal justice practice and reform across local, national and international arenas.

Assessment

Seminar Presentation (2000 words): 25%
Criminal Justice Reform Evaluation (3000 words): 35%
Policy Analysis Report (4,000 words): 40%

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week


CJM4040 - Managing criminal justice issues

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dean Wilson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Managing Criminal Justice Issues engages students in the critical study of the concepts, initiatives and directions currently reshaping criminal justice agencies. Issues covered include: managing criminal justice agencies; the intra and inter agency environment; alternative dispute resolution and new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management.

Objectives

Upon completion of Managing Criminal Justice Issues students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key management issues in the criminal justice context including inter and intra agency team building; effective communications strategies across the sector and the oversight of criminal justice project change.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of inter agency criminal justice management including working with the media; working with community organisations and pressure groups and working with diverse populations.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of alternative dispute resolution including negotiation and mediation; working with bodies of inquiry and organisational problem solving.

  1. Demonstrate critical understanding of new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management including ethical considerations; accountability; and best practice and benchmarking.

Assessment

Development of a benchmarking manual (3000 words): 35%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


CJM5000 - Criminal justice research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jude McCulloch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete a 9,000 word research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.

  1. Identify and develop key research questions.

  1. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.

  1. Critically write up research findings.

  1. Construct a critical argument.

  1. Construct a cumulative argument across an 9,000 word research project.

Assessment

9,000 word research project: 100%

Contact hours

Regular supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

CJC4020


CJM5005 - Criminal Justice Internship

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Baker

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The internship will allow students to integrate theory and practice while gaining first-hand practical experience working in the criminal justice area. Students will extend the knowledge gained in other Masters units through experiential learning. It will also provide students with the opportunity to develop work-based networks which could lead to employment opportunities in the future. Each student will have a separate internship program designed to enhance their work-place experience.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. The ability to apply theory in a practical workplace environment
  2. enhanced skills appropriate for working in a criminal justice environment
  3. enhanced oral and written communication skills
  4. experience in applying ethical principles in a value laden work environment
  5. the capacity to critically apply and integrate theoretical and professional knowledge.

Assessment

For on-campus students - Internship proposal(1500 words): 15%
Internship report(5000 words): 65%
Oral presentation(20 minutes): 20%

For off-campus students - Internship proposal(1500 words): 15%
Internship report(5000 words): 65%
Journal(weekly): 20%

Prerequisites

CRJ4001, CRJ4002 and at least 1 of the following units(CRJ4004, AUS4025, HPL4503, HPL4521, HSM4301, HSM4302)

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

None


CJM5050 - Criminal justice dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jude McCulloch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.

  1. Identify and develop key research questions.

  1. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.

  1. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.

  1. Critically write up research findings.

  1. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.

  1. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.

  1. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Written work 100%

Contact hours

regular supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

High credit average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program


CJM5050A - Criminal justice dissertation - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Written work 70%
Seminar presentation 30%


CJM5050B - Criminal justice dissertation - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

18,000 word dissertation: 100%

Prerequisites

High credit average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program


CJM5060 - Supervised reading in criminal justice and criminology

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit involves focused, independent reading and the presentation of the findings in a scholarly manner, under the supervision of a member of the teaching staff of the department. On completion of the subject students should: demonstrate a thorough understanding of the criminal justice or criminology topic chosen for the subject; understand the nature and scope of scholarly writing on the topic; appreciate the theoretical, methodological and practical dimensions of the topic, be able to present orally and in writing critical thinking and analysis of the criminal justice/criminology topic.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an in-depth and focused critical understanding of a topic in criminal justice or criminology

  1. Demonstrate an in-depth familiarity with the literature on a topic in criminal justice and criminology

  1. Demonstrate the ability to synthesise a broad range of literature on a topic

  1. Be familiar with the process of researching and writing a comprehensive literature review of a criminal justice or criminology topic

  1. Demonstrate the ability to understand and critically assess the various historical, theoretical and methodological issues and debates around a chosen criminal justice, criminology topic.

Assessment

Oral presentation (2000 words): 25%
Written report (7,000 words): 75%

Contact hours

Two hour per fortnight meeting with supervisor


CJM5080 - Regulating criminal justice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the issues which must be addressed when regulating criminal justice systems in democratic societies.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of domestic criminal justice regulation issues.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of international criminal justice regulation issues.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key sectors and key actors in criminal justice regulation, including in national and international arena.

  1. Undertake integrated analyses and evaluation of issues central to the regulation of criminal justice issues across local, national and international arenas.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 35%;

Essay (5000 words): 55%

Oral Presentation (write up) (1000 words): 10%

Contact hours

Two-hour seminar per week


COM4001 - Researching and writing Australia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The ability to be able to find, use, assess and present information is crucial to those working in the communications industry. This unit focuses on research methods, sources and materials for the study and analysis of Australian society, both past and present. The range of sources studied includes biographical and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, ABS statistics and pictorial images, in both electronic and printed forms.

Objectives

  1. To be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings of major research libraries.

  1. To be familiar with other relevant source materials.

  1. To be familiar with electronic, printed and audio-visual sources.

  1. To be able to make appropriate and efficient use of Australian sources within the Communications field.

  1. To be able to discuss and write critically about independent research undertaken.

Assessment

2 x papers (2000 words): 40%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Class participation/Seminar presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM5001


COM4002 - The first media age

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Tony Moore

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this subject we journey through the history of communications and media form the genesis of the mass circulation press development to the new media of the 21st century. The subject will provide students with an appreciation of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have influenced that evolution. In turn, the subject also provides students with a chance to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major issue or event in Australian history.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history.
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history.
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society.
  4. Be able to conduct independent research.
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.

Assessment

Class participation and attendance (1000 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar introduction (1000 words equivalent): 10%; 2 x Short essays (2000 words each): 40%; Major research essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM5002


COM4006 - New communications media

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

New technologies in publishing and the enduring role of text in forms of electronic publishing. The pay-TV debate and developments in digital broadcasting analysed. Web page development is also studied in laboratory sessions.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 50%
Two papers (2250 words each): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM5006


COM4008 - Media, ethics and practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to professional ethics and the media. Students will evaluate the media's fourth-estate role and its political agency in a commercial environment. Legislation, industry codes of practice and journalistic ethics will be analysed. Investigative reporting will be examined with reference to Watergate and investigative reporting's mythical 'golden age'. The interrelationship between PR, media liaison units and journalism will be explored. Tabloid journalism will be analysed with reference to economic and ethical concerns. The tension between the media's idealistic fourth-estate image and its professional, commercial and public interests is the unit's unifying theme.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the history and continuing evolution of the media's role as the fourth estate.
  2. A critical understanding of the complex interplay between ethical, regulatory, political and economic factors in media reporting.
  3. An advanced knowledge of the key communications industry codes of conduct and the differing approaches to their enforcement including professional codes of ethics and industry codes of practice.
  4. A critical understanding of the nature of investigative reporting and the impact and legacy of Watergate on journalism, reporting and public figures.
  5. A critical understanding of the interrelationship between public relations, institutional media liaison units and journalism.
  6. An enhanced ability to critically evaluate topical debates about media ethics.

Assessment

Research essay (5,000 words): 50%; Short essay 1 (2,000 words): 20%; Short essay 2 (2,000 words): 20%; Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


COM4009 - Issues in international communications

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores key issues arising from the rapid change in the international communications environment by examining the cultural, political and social impacts of transformations in communications technologies - from text-based media to the borderless reaches of satellite and the internet. Students will examine e-governance; the impact of cable and satellite television; the use of the internet as a space for dissent during conflicts; computer hacking and cyber-crime, the internationalisation of news coverage and dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis, with particular reference to reporting terrorism and the 'embedded' journalism of war-time.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate: 1) A critical understanding of the historical context and critical transformations of communications technologies, and their cultural,political and social effects; 2) A critical understanding of the relationship between the changing nature of communications technologies and the rise of alternative international media; 3) An enhanced ability to recognise the political, social, geographical and cultural factors which impact upon access to and the uses of communication technologies; 4) A critical understanding of the nature and effects of cyber-crime; 5) A critical understanding of the relationship between the development of new communications technologies, in particular the internet, and the changing nature of democratic practice, political participation and dissent; 6) An understanding of the internationalisation of news coverage and the dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis

Assessment

Short essay 1 (2000 words): 20%
Short essay 2 (2000 words): 20%
Major Essay (5000 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (one x 2 hour seminar per week)

Prohibitions

COM5009


COM400H(A) - Dissertation Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)


COM400H(B) - Dissertation Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)


COM4010 - Communications, convergence and public policy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit analyses the convergence media in terms of its effects on government policy, the shift from cultural to creative industries policy, the structure of the public sphere, the aesthetics of media production and commercial organisation structure. Case studies are drawn upon from Australia, South and East Asian and European countries in order to illustrate these developments.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. assess national policy responses to issues arising from media convergence;
  2. engage in discussion informed by current media research in communications convergence;
  3. assess quantitive (statistical) and qualitative (ethnographic) research methods in establishing commercial and domestic use of convergent media.

Assessment

First Essay (3,500 words): 40%; Second essay (3,500 words): 40%; Seminar presentation (2,000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM4010(H), COM5010


COM4020 - Communications and cultural studies applied: Industry practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Allison Craven and Dr Patricia Goon

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to industry.

Objectives

The objective of this unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

Assessment

Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
Guest Lecture: 15%
Industry Visit: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


COM4090 - Media, violence, protest, terror

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the relationship between the media and forms of 'political violence', with an emphasis on acts constructed as 'terrorism'. In particular, this unit locates practices of political violence in relation to the historical, social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which media formations are embedded to assess the extent to which both traditional media and new media constitute a condition of possibility for the practices of political violence. This unit takes a critical approach to the study of media representations of political violence in order to analyse both the practices and representation of political violence have transformed in the shift to postmodernity.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of COM3090/4090 students will be able to:

  1. Critique debates about what constitutes political violence.

  1. Locate practices of political violence in relation to the historical, social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which media formations are embedded in order to assess the extent to which both traditional media and new media constitute a condition of possibility for the practices of political violence.

  1. Apply current media and communications theory to critically analyse the representation of 'political violence' in both the national and global media of contemporary cultures.

  1. Critically assess the strengths and limitations of both traditional and current analyses of media violence. In particular, students will be able to explain how contemporary theory contributes to a more sophisticated understanding of media violence than traditional media effects research allows.

  1. Analyse the ways that media representations of political violence have transformed, and be able to locate these transformations in their historical contexts.

  1. Explain the importance of spectacle in contemporary global cultures.

  1. Explain the connections between the media, political agency, and processes of globalisation in order to comment upon new conceptualisations of the public sphere.

  1. Critically evaluate the media's role in relation to counter-terrorist policy and practice.

  1. Demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and critical analysis.

Assessment

Participation in two Group Debates (held in tutorials): 10%
Two 500 word Summaries (1000 words total): 20%
Research Essay (3000 words): 60%
Tutorial Attendance and Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

For BComm (Berwick) and BA students (Caulfield and Clayton), COM1010 and COM1020


COM4131 - Contemporary media and communications theory

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Holmes

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit introduces key concepts and ideas in contemporary communications. The subject reviews the work of key theorists in communication and media studies, and outlines primary pathways in communication research such as representation theory, medium theory and network society studies. These modules provide resources for students to situate their own research and to contextualise contemporary communication practices. Students will also obtain skills to locate contemporary communications in an historical perspective.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Contextualise contemporary communication practices in relation to recent perspectives in communication theory
  2. Utilise methodological resources in order to situate their own research in relation to communications and media theory
  3. Interpret the dynamic changes in contemporary communications and media from a historical standpoint
  4. Understand the media's changing role as an agent of representation in contemporary society
  5. Locate introductory approaches to the growth of new media within the context of critical and contemporary theory
  6. Examine the importance and implication of an image-dominated culture
  7. Engage with the crucial and key theorists that have shaped and influenced the discussions of new media, with emphasis on debated topics such as intertextuality, virtuality
  8. Individually assess the importance, significance and contribution of new media theory in relation to their research interests.

Assessment

Assignment 1 - Research Essay (4000 words): 40% +

Assignment 2 - Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.


COM4201 - Communication organisations and technologies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kwamena Kwansah-Aidoo

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information organisations and technologies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of technological systems and practices in social development. The nature of organizational communication and the role of technology in communication are discussed as well as their implications for communication arts, economies, and society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of complex organizational and technology-driven processes;

  1. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between organizational and social-technological knowledge sets;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which organizational communications systems and communication technologies systems occur;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; enhanced capacity to formulate and research technology and organizational communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, develop a case study, and understand critical approaches to technology and organization-focussed communications;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to organizational and technology dilemmas and issues;

  1. Significantly greater understanding of the nature, role and limits of communication technologies in the workplace and the key forms of organizational communication.



Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar)per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5201


COM4202 - Communication policy and management

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andy Ruddock

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit addresses central policy issues in the communications field, and the role communication in policy development and leadership. It analyses current communication policy directions in key areas such as regulation, intellectual property, licensing, standards, and ownership. Secondly, it addresses the role of communication styles and processes in policy formation and policy leadership both at the social level and in the management of organizations and institutions. The unit will discuss both substantive policy questions and the persuasive styles and rhetoric of policy development and analysis.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of policy processes;

  1. Increased understanding of and competencies in policy making, rhetoric and leadership style;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which communications policy, policy rhetoric, and policy leadership style develops;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research policy and policy leadership issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to policy development and leadership;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to the demands and dilemmas of policy creation, advocacy, and implementation.

  1. Significantly increased capacity to make, manage, and lead organizational or social policy.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Evaluation Study (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussions.


COM4203 - Communication systems and networks

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Murphy

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit discusses the multiple communication systems that operate in modern societies. These include political and governmental, business and economic, artistic and scientific systems. The unit will consider different system-specific forms of communication and ways in which they interact. The unit will use the case examples, such as the ecology of the city, to explore the functioning of open systems, self-organizing systems, network systems, aesthetic systems, and other ways in which communication-rich societies manage their own complexity.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding large-scale communication systems and their convergence;

  1. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with specific communication systems and their multiple environments;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term manner in which communications systems develop, and the social and institutional solutions aimed at integrating these systems;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication systems issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication network and system integration;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially in matters concerning the management of sensitive communication system nodes and boundaries;

  1. Significantly greater capacity to identify and manage between organizational system and environment, and to negotiate conflicts at the intersection of communications systems.



Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4203, COM4203(H), COM5203


COM4204 - Communication economies and society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Murphy

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information economies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of communication systems and practices in social development. The unit looks at how communication networks, organizations, arts, and processes impact on and are in turn shaped by regional, national and global patterns of economic and social development. The relationship between communication, creativity, and knowledge economies will be addressed.

Objectives

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding of communication economies, the development of institutions and organizations in these economies, and their impact on society;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between communications, economy, and society
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which communications, economies, and societies interact;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication economy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the social-economic dimension of communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;
  6. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the medium and long-term economic and social patterns affecting, and affected by, modern information/ knowledge/ ICT-based organizations and processes;
  7. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the emergence of communication-driven knowledge and creative economies.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Seminar overview (oral presentation): 10%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5204, COM4204(H)


COM4206 - Communication arts and literacies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication arts and literacies, their aesthetic foundations, their economic and organisational function, and their role in social innovation and development. The unit explores common artistic and rhetorical forms, design arts, and the aesthetic techniques, strategies and systems employed in high-level communication and creativity. The unit will discuss how aesthetic principles and styles are used in organizational and social practice and in creative economies.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding the convergence of visual, haptic, aural, written, verbal, and bodily communication, and the generic principles of good communication;

  1. Increased understanding of the various communication arts, their general principles, and their interrelationship;

  1. Increased understanding of the contribution of communication arts to communication processes, to large-scale and long-term social development, and to creative and knowledge economies;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication arts issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication arts;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;

  1. Significantly increased capacity to understand, lead, and manage the personnel and processes of emergent communication-arts intensive knowledge and creative industries.





Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%;
Assignment 2 Research Essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5206


COM4207 - Strategic communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr James Gomez

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit addresses the fundamentals of political advocacy, professional writing for publics, public sector communication, and public relations. Students gain experience and understanding of writing techniques, oral rhetoric, and visual imaging suited to different channels of public communication and to diverse public spheres including governmental, organizational, and associational.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding and utilising the ethics, techniques, channels and limits of public advocacy and influence;

  1. Increased understanding of and competency in formulating and making, public statements, images, and gestures;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which public communications has developed;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research public communications, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the conduct of public communications;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially regarding the effective and ethical formulation and delivery of public communication;

  1. Significantly increased ability to engage in public communication.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Rhetoric Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;

Assignment 2 Writing Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;

Assignment 3 Visual Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5207


COM4208 - Persuasive communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit explores the rhetoric, imagery and gestures of persuasive communication. Students become acquainted with an array of communication styles that are effective with different audiences. The unit discusses key ideas from the traditions of rhetoric, public communications, advocacy, debating, design, fine arts, narratives, advertising, marketing and public relations.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in persuasive communication.

  1. Increased understanding of the convergence of the convergence of traditions of rhetoric, public communications, advocacy, debating, design, fine arts, narratives, advertising, marketing and public relations in the art of persuasive communication.

  1. Increased understanding of the role of persuasive communication in political, social, and organizational processes;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research persuasion and advocacy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to then ethics and pragmatics of persuasive communication;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;

  1. Significantly increased ability to engage in persuasive communication in organizational and social contexts.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words) 40%;

Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

On-Campus: 2 hours (1x2 hour seminar) per week. Off-campus: Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion

Prohibitions

COM5208


COM4209 - Communication research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Sue Yell (Caulfield), Paul Atkinson (Gippsland)

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the fundamentals of communication research methodologies, research project design, the planning, writing and editing of research, and the formulation of a research proposal.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research; 2. Increased understanding of the methods of communication research;
  2. Increased understanding of approaches to planning and designing research, and to writing and editing research; 4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of research; 5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in academic and professional research activity; 6. Significantly increased capacity to design, manage, and carry out research projects.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Literature Review (3000 words): 30%;

Assignment 2 Research Plan (6000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5209


COM4211 - Researching global audiences

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Susan Yell

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines media audiences in relation to globalisation and new media and communication technologies. It examines local, national and transnational audiences and their formation in relation to a globalised media industry. Students will be introduced to a range of techniques of audience research, including the use of new communication technologies to conduct research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the relations between audiences, communication and media technologies, media industries and governments;
  2. an awareness of the political, social, economic and cultural functions of audience formation;
  3. the capacity to analyse trends in the development of ICTS and their impact on audiences and their formation;
  4. the capacity to critically evaluate the importance of audiences in relation to various institutions and communities (the market, the public sphere, the nation, transnational communities);
  5. the capacity to identify and evaluate a range of audience research theories, approaches and techniques;
  6. highly developed skills in designing an audience research project, utilising the knowledge gained in Objective 5.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 Audience Research Design (5000 words) : 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5211


COM4302 - Media flows

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dan Black

Offered

Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will address the increasingly dynamic and complex flows of media products between cultural and geographic regions, investigating the complex processes of transmutation and hybridisation which media texts undergo as they move between cultural settings. Regional media flows based around key producers such as Hong Kong, Brazil, India, Egypt and Japan will be discussed, as well as the impact of their media products outside their region. The flow of media products within diasporic communities will also be discussed as an important factor in both the maintenance of cultural identity and initiation of cultural exchange.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

  1. be familiar with key terms, debates and models relating to the international flow of media texts
  2. have an understanding of the complexity and unpredictability of global media flows
  3. be capable of detailed research into specific examples of the international movement of media texts, and
  4. have developed skills necessary for independent research and sophisticated debate on the topic of cross-cultural exchange and media analysis.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words) : 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5302, COM4302(H)


COM4550 - Eyewitness: Reportage, representation and war

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kevin Foster

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Objectives

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations.
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day.
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources, accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image.
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures.
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects.
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts.
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Textual analysis (3500 words): 40%
Research project (4500 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week for 12 weeks

Prerequisites

An approved First Year sequence


COM5001 - Researching and writing Australia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The ability to be able to find, use, assess and present information is crucial to those working in the communications industry. This unit focuses on research methods, sources and materials for the study and analysis of Australian society, both past and present. The range of sources studied includes biographical and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, ABS statistics and pictorial images, in both electronic and printed forms.

Objectives

  1. To be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings of major research libraries.

  1. To be familiar with other relevant source materials.

  1. To be familiar with electronic, printed and audio-visual sources.

  1. To be able to make appropriate and efficient use of Australian sources within the Communications field.

  1. To be able to discuss and write critically about independent research undertaken.

Assessment

2 x papers (2000 words): 40%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Class participation/Seminar presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM4001


COM5002 - The first media age

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Tony Moore

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this subject we journey through the history of communications and media form the genesis of the mass circulation press development to the new media of the 21st century. The subject will provide students with an appreciation of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have influenced that evolution. In turn, the subject also provides students with a chance to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major issue or event in Australian history.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history.
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history.
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society.
  4. Be able to conduct independent research.
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.
In addition, students taking COM5002 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

Class participation and attendance (1000 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar introduction (1000 words equivalent): 10% ; 2 x Short essays (2000 words each): 40%; Major research essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM4002


COM5004 - Industry Research Project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An industry project to be undertaken in the final semester during the MA of Communications and Media studies. It offers students the opportunity to reflect on their work (or other) experience from within the perspectives on 'communication' explored in the course. A project supervisor is appointed. Industry internship or placements are not required, but students are welcome to organise these.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research,
  2. An enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues,
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of a research topic
  4. A capacity to design, manage, and carry out a research project

Assessment

9000 words: 100%

Prohibitions

COM5011


COM5006 - New communications media

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

New technologies in publishing and the enduring role of text in forms of electronic publishing. The pay-TV debate and developments in digital broadcasting analysed. Web page development is also studied in laboratory sessions.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 50%
Two papers (2250 words each): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM5011


COM5008 - Media, Ethics and Practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to professional ethics and the media. Students will evaluate the media's fourth-estate role and its political agency in a commercial environment. Legislation, industry codes of practice and journalistic ethics will be analysed. Investigative reporting will be examined with reference to Watergate and investigative reporting's mythical 'golden age'. The interrelationship between PR, media liaison units and journalism will be explored. Tabloid journalism will be analysed with reference to economic and ethical concerns. The tension between the media's idealistic fourth-estate image and its professional, commercial and public interests is the unit's unifying theme.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the history and continuing evolution of the media's role as the fourth estate.
  2. A critical understanding of the complex interplay between ethical, regulatory, political and economic factors in media reporting.
  3. An advanced knowledge of the key communications industry codes of conduct and the differing approaches to their enforcement including professional codes of ethics and industry codes of practice.
  4. A critical understanding of the nature of investigative reporting and the impact and legacy of Watergate on journalism, reporting and public figures.
  5. A critical understanding of the interrelationship between public relations, institutional media liaison units and journalism.
  6. An enhanced ability to critically evaluate topical debates about media ethics.
  7. Abilty to conduct research at advanced level.

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Short essay 1 (2000 words): 20%
Short essay 2 (2000 words): 20%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

COM4008


COM5009 - Issues in international communications

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores issues arising from the emerging international communications environment. It examines the cultural, political and social impacts of communication technology transformations. Students will examine technology's impact on democratic activity; cable / satellite television's impact; computer hacking and cyber-crime. The case study of the Tamil Tigers' use of the Internet will help to illustrate the transformative possibilities of new communications technologies. Students will explore the internationalisation of news coverage and dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis, with particular reference to reporting terrorism and current wartime journalism.

Objectives

On successful completion of the subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the historical context and critical transformations of communications technologies, and their cultural, political and social effects.

  1. A critical understanding of the relationship between the changing nature of communications technologies and the rise of alternative international media.

  1. An enhanced ability to recognise the political, social, geographical and cultural factors which impact upon access to and the uses of communication technologies.

  1. A critical understanding of the nature and effects of cyber-crime.

  1. A critical understanding of the relationship between the development of new communications technologies, in particular the Internet, and the changing nature of democratic practice, political participation and dissent.

  1. An advanced knowledge of the internationalisation of news coverage and the dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis.

  1. An ability to critically evaluate topical debates about international communications.

  1. An enhanced ability to conduct independent research.

Assessment

Major essay (5,000 words): 50%
Short essay 1 (2,000 words): 20%
Short essay 2 (2,000 words): 20%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


COM5010 - Communications, convergence and public policy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit analyses the convergence media in terms of its effects on government policy, the shift from cultural to creative industries policy, the structure of the public sphere, the aesthetics of media production and commercial organisation structure. Case studies are drawn upon from Australia, South and East Asian and European countries in order to illustrate these developments.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. assess national policy responses to issues arising from media convergence;
  2. engage in discussion informed by current media research in communications convergence;
  3. assess quantitive (statistical) and qualitative (ethnographic) research methods in establishing commercial and domestic use of convergent media.
  4. An enhanced ability to conduct independent research

Assessment

First Essay (3,500 words): 40%; Second essay (3,500 words): 40%; Seminar presentation (2,000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM4010H.html">COM4010(H), COM4010H.html">COM4010


COM5011 - Industry research thesis

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved communications related topic, usually one with an industry focus. With guidance from the supervisor (s), it allow the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the communication industries and communication issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity

Assessment

Thesis (18,000) : 100%

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Communications and Media Studies program

Prohibitions

COM5004


COM5011(A) - Industry research thesis part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Arnold and Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


COM5011(B) - Industry research thesis part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Arnold and Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


COM5020 - Communications and cultural studies applied: Industry practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Allison Craven and Dr Patricia Goon

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to industry.

Objectives

The objective of this unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

Assessment

Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
Guest Lecture: 15%
Industry Visit: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in communication, writing, international studies or equivalent.


COM5110 - Battle lines: war and (post)modernity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robin Gerster

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines the centrality of war to modern cultural history, as revealed in a range of literary and non-literary sources. Covering literary, visual and historical responses to World War I, though World War II (including the Holocaust and the atomic bombings), the Vietnam War, the Rwandan genocide, to the 'War on Terror', the unit analyses how mass violence poses a range of representational challenges, and been influential in disseminating the practices and intellectual trends of modernity and postmodernity. Issues covered include the redefinition of traditional concepts of 'the hero' and assumptions about national identity.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a strong critical sense of the major representational elements of war writing and film since World War I
  2. a theoretical understanding of the relationship of war writing to the ideas and some of the important practices of modernity and postmodernity
  3. a demonstrated understanding of the role of the media in disseminating public knowledge of war and conflict
  4. demonstrated a sophisticated grasp of cultural concepts of heroism and racial virtue, as they have been invoked and revised
  5. an informed reading of the importance of gender to perspectives on war and conflict.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit, and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

Assessment

Research essay (4000 words): 50% +Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Communication, or any other related major approved by co-ordinator

Prohibitions

ENH2225/ENH3225 (Heroes Twilight), COM4110


COM5120 - Cultural memory and the Spanish civil war

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kevin Foster

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine how the Spanish Civil War has been represented and remembered in literature, the visual arts, photography, film, ceremonies and in the form of physical memorials by the victors and the defeated. It will consider how cultural memory of the war has been shaped and expressed during and after the dictatorship. It will examine the forces responsible for this shaping, and explore how, subsequently, these memories of the conflict have been challenged and re-interpreted and the forces responsible for this process of revision.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have a solid grasp of the principal causes and events of the Spanish Civil War
  2. have a detailed knowledge of the major cultural responses to the war and the political and social forces that brought them into being
  3. be able to provide a sophisticated interpretation of individual texts from/about the war, detailing the political and cultural forces that shaped them
  4. recognise how cultural memory of the war was shaped, re-shaped and re-interpreted over time
  5. be able to explain and apply a variety of theoretical approaches concerning cultural memory.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

Assessment

Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%
Research assay (4000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Major sequence in Communication and Media Studies, any European language, European and European Union Studies, or other discipline approved by the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

COM4120


COM5130 - Audiences and the social influence of media

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andy Ruddock

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

The unit will survey the history, concepts and methods of critical media audience research. It will consider both the mass communications and cultural studies disciplines, and will develop students' ability to critique scholarly work on both conceptual and methodological grounds. Audiences & the Social Influence of Media will enhance students' ability to develop and present original research projects, based on empirical explorations of how people interact with media in a variety of social places. The academic skills it cultivates will be directly applicable to thesis work.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit a student will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media influence
  2. a broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged
  3. an ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases
  4. the ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. the ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student
  6. Postgraduate students will be asked to format Assessment 3 in line with a grant proposal of their choosing Assessment 3.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two 6-hour weekend seminars and 2 hours per week MUSO participation

Prerequisites

Communication and Media Studies major or other major approved by coordinator

Prohibitions

COM4130


COM5140 - Communicating the body

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of the human body in representation, understanding, and communication. From phenomenological and neurological accounts of the role of the human body in expression and understanding, to debates surrounding the body/machine interface in new communications technologies, the body's often-overlooked role as organiser and facilitator of human action will be explored.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

  1. have a broad understanding of the various theoretical frameworks used to discuss the human body
  2. have a broad historical overview of the development, evolution, and increasing convergence of these frameworks
  3. be capable of providing sophisticating critiques of and comparisons between various accounts of the role of the human body in understanding and expression
  4. be able to provide a sophisticated reading of the role played by the human body in communications based on detailed research.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a relatively greater level of confidence and mastery over the larger conceptual issues addressed and a greater capacity to produce original arguments derived from them.

Assessment

Literature review and research plan (3000 words): 15%
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 15%
Research essay (5000 words): 70%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Major in Communication and Media Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

COM4140


COM5201 - Communication organisations and technologies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information organisations and technologies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of technological systems and practices in social development. The nature of organizational communication and the role of technology in communication are discussed as well as their implications for communication arts, economies, and society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Highly developed knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of complex organizational and technology-driven processes;
  2. A high level understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between organizational and social-technological knowledge sets;
  3. A complex understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which organizational communications systems and communication technologies systems occur;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; enhanced capacity to formulate and research technology and organizational communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, develop a case study, and understand critical approaches to technology and organization-focussed communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to organizational and technology dilemmas and issues;
  6. In addition, students studying this unit at Level 5 will demonstrate the capacity to make an informed critique of the nature, role and limits of communication technologies in the workplace and the key forms of organizational communication.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4201


COM5203 - Communication systems and networks

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Murphy

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit discusses the operation of communication systems in modern complex, impersonal, urban, high technology societies. The unit will use the case examples, such as the ecology of the city, to explore the functioning of open systems, self-organizing systems, network systems, aesthetic systems, and other ways in which contemporary communication-rich societies function.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding large-scale communication systems and their convergence;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with specific communication systems and their multiple environments;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term manner in which communications systems develop, and the social and institutional solutions aimed at integrating these systems;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication systems issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication network and system integration;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially in matters concerning the management of sensitive communication system nodes and boundaries;
  6. Significantly greater capacity to identify and manage between organizational system and environment, and to negotiate conflicts at the intersection of communications systems.
  7. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in use rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4203.html">COM4203, COM4203.html">COM4203(H)


COM5204 - Communication economies and society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Murphy

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information economies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of communication systems and practices in social development. The unit looks at how communication networks, organizations, arts, and processes impact on and are in turn shaped by regional, national and global patterns of economic and social development. The relationship between communication, creativity, and knowledge economies will be addressed.

Objectives

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding of communication economies, the development of institutions and organizations in these economies, and their impact on society;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between communications, economy, and society;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which communications, economies, and societies interact;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication economy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the social-economic dimension of communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;
  6. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the medium and long-term economic and social patterns affecting, and affected by, modern information/ knowledge/ ICT-based organizations and processes;
  7. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the emergence of communication-driven knowledge and creative economies;
  8. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in the use of rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Seminar overview (oral presentation): 10%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Co-requisites

COM4204.html">COM4204, COM4204.html">COM4204(H)


COM5206 - Communication Arts and Literacies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for COM4206

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding the convergence of visual, haptic, aural, written, verbal, and bodily communication, and the generic principles of good communication;

  1. Increased understanding of the various communication arts, their general principles, and their interrelationship;

  1. Increased understanding of the contribution of communication arts to communication processes, to large-scale and long-term social development, and to creative and knowledge economies;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication arts issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication arts;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;

  1. Significantly increased capacity to understand, lead, and manage the personnel and processes of emergent communication-arts intensive knowledge and creative industries;

  1. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater depth and wider understanding of communicative forms and media, and greater ease of use and familiarity with digital tools and communication art techniques.





Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%;
Assignment 2 Research Essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4206


COM5207 - Strategic communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Wolstencroft

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

As for COM4207

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding and utilising the ethics, techniques, channels and limits of public advocacy and influence;

  1. Increased understanding of and competency in formulating and making, public statements, images, and gestures;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which public communications has developed;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research public communications, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the conduct of public communications;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially regarding the effective and ethical formulation and delivery of public communication;

  1. Significantly increased ability to engage in public communication;

  1. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in use rhetorical, written, and visual forms.





Assessment

Assignment 1 Rhetoric Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;

Assignment 2 Writing Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;

Assignment 3 Visual Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4207


COM5208 - Persuasive communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chris Galloway

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for COM4208

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in persuasive communication.

  1. Increased understanding of the convergence of the convergence of traditions of rhetoric, public communications, advocacy, debating, design, fine arts, narratives, advertising, marketing and public relations in the art of persuasive communication.

  1. Increased understanding of the role of persuasive communication in political, social, and organizational processes;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research persuasion and advocacy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to then ethics and pragmatics of persuasive communication;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;

  1. Significantly increased ability to engage in persuasive communication in organizational and social contexts;

  1. In comparison with Level 4 students, more sophisticated understanding of strategic dynamics in communications and a greater facility with the forms and techniques of persuasion and understanding of ethical nuance.





Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words): 40%;

Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words) 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4208


COM5209 - Communication research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Paul Atkinson

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the fundamentals of communication research methodologies, research project design, the planning, writing and editing of research, and the formulation of a research proposal.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;

  1. Increased understanding of the methods of communication research;

  1. Increased understanding of approaches to planning and designing research, and to writing and editing research;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of research;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in academic and professional research activity;

  1. Significantly increased capacity to design, manage, and carry out research projects;

  1. In comparison with a Level 4 student, a more nuanced and greater understanding of research editing, writing, planning, and methods.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Literature Review (3000 words): 30%;

Assignment 2 Research Plan (6000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4209


COM5210 - Research dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;

  1. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;

  1. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (20,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.

Prerequisites

COM4209 or COM5209


COM5210(A) - Research Dissertation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;

  1. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;

  1. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (20,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.


COM5210(B) - Research Dissertation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

As for COM5210(A)

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;

  1. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;

  1. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (20,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.


COM5211 - Researching global audiences

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Susan Yell

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

As for COM4211

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the relations between audiences, communication and media technologies, media industries and governments;
  2. an awareness of the political, social, economic and cultural functions of audience formation;
  3. the capacity to analyse trends in the development of ICTS and their impact on audiences and their formation;
  4. the capacity to critically evaluate the importance of audiences in relation to various institutions and communities (the market, the public sphere, the nation, transnational communities);
  5. the capacity to identify and evaluate a range of audience research theories, approaches and techniques;
  6. highly developed skills in designing an audience research project, utilising the knowledge gained in Objective 5;
  7. Students studying this unit at Level 5 will be expected to demonstrate a more highly developed understanding of the relations between audiences and a range of institutions, a more complex awareness of audience formation, and more sophisticated research skills.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 Audience Research Design (5000 words) : 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4211


COM5220 - Research dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication and cultural research;
  3. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication and cultural studies issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment (20,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisors.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Regular contact with supervisors.


COM5302 - Media flows

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Daniel Black

Offered

Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will address the increasingly dynamic and complex flows of media products between cultural and geographic regions, investigating the complex processes of transmutation and hybridisation which media texts undergo as they move between cultural settings. Regional media flows based around key producers such as Hong Kong, Brazil, India, Egypt and Japan will be discussed, as well as the impact of their media products outside their region. The flow of media products within diasporic communities will also be discussed as an important factor in both the maintenance of cultural identity and initiation of cultural exchange.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

  1. be familiar with key terms, debates and models relating to the international flow of media texts
  2. have an understanding of the complexity and unpredictability of global media flows
  3. be capable of detailed research into specific examples of the international movement of media texts, and
  4. have developed skills necessary for independent research and sophisticated debate on the topic of cross-cultural exchange and media analysis.
  5. in comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in the use of rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words) : 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4302.html">COM4302, COM4302.html">COM4302(H)


COM5303 - International Field Trip in Media and Communications

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will involve a study tour of major international media organizations, with some attention also to alternative media. The destination will vary from year to year, being either New York or London. Students will draw on background knowledge and skills in analysis gained from their first year of study, gaining the opportunity to test them against real world examples. The unit will have a strong element of experiential learning, through seeing the insides of media organizations and having direct contact with those who work in them. At the same time, it will mobilise scholarly inputs.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the internal organization and culture of media organisations with a significant presence in international communication;
  2. demonstrate an appreciation of the complex 'ecology' of a major international media centre, gaining the ability to see lateral connections between different organisations;
  3. demonstrate skills in direct observation of media industries, as a complement to reading and scholarship in the area; demonstrate an awareness of international contexts in communications and media studies;
  4. have substantial confidence in approaching and working with individuals and organisations at the cutting edge of international communications and media.

Assessment

Site brief (2000 words): 20%
Site log (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (4000 words): 50%

Prerequisites

Completion of first year sequence of Master of Communications and Media Studies (24 credit points)


COM5550 - Eyewitness: Reportage, representation and war

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kevin Foster

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Objectives

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to1

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations.
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day.
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image.
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures.
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects.
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts.
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Textual analysis (3500 words): 40%
Research project (4500 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week for 12 weeks

Prerequisites

An approved First Year sequence


CRJ4001 - Crime prevention: A global perspective

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines crime prevention and crime reduction initiatives, programs and strategies that attempt to alleviate the problem of criminal activities. This unit surveys crime prevention from the local community to that of global perspectives. Theories and arguments of crime prevention policy and practice are examined. Students learn various research methodologies used in conducting and evaluating crime prevention initiatives. Specific topics to be explored include threats to national security, international and transnational crime, people smuggling, theft of body parts, money laundering, drugs, commercial and organised crime, white-collar crime, public disorder and street crimes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a critical understanding of various theories and strategies of crime prevention;
  2. the ability to critically examine changes in international and transnational offending via appropriate legal, political and justice perspectives;
  3. a critical understanding of the governance and administration of collaborative international crime prevention efforts;
  4. the ability to evaluate the effectiveness and importance of crime prevention initiatives by identifying limitations and assumptions that underpin such programs;
  5. an awareness of global justice attempts to curb global crime problems;
  6. the ability to formulate crime prevention policy and practice;
  7. the ability to research and complete a substantial research project of the student's own choice;
  8. the ability to hypothesise about likely future global crime problems.

Assessment

Evaluation Paper (2500 words): 25%
Crime Prevention Policy Analysis (2500 words): 25%
Crime Prevention Research Project (4000 words): 50%


CRJ4002 - Policing, security and risk management

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit explores policing in its generic sense. A broad range of investigative and control mechanisms, both in the public and private sectors, is examined in terms of curbing crime, criminal tendencies and threats. This unit appraises recent expansionary changes in state-sponsored policing and security organisations. It explores the recent shift from law enforcement to preventative risk management strategies and technologies. Issues such as the emergence of the 'risk society', the privatisation of policing, tensions between surveillance and personal privacy, and estimations of the risk of dangerousness characterising particular offender groups are examined and critiqued.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a critical understanding of contemporary practice and research relating to policing and security;
  2. a capacity to examine and critique contemporary control practices employed in policing, security and risk management;
  3. an understanding of contemporary surveillance, control and management strategies employed to curb crime and violence in various situations;
  4. a critical understanding of both the function of security and theoretical and practical approaches to risk assessment;
  5. enhanced problem-solving skills;
  6. the ability to evaluate information and research critically;
  7. the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about policing, security and risk management.

Assessment

Briefing Paper on policing/security issue (2500 words): 30%
Policy Report (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4000 words): 40%


CRJ5004 - Criminal behaviours and enterprises: Individuals, groups and organisations

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Baker

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:
(1) an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time; (2) the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises; (3) knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations; (4) the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity; (5) an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society; (6) an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice; (7) an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation; (8) the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours.

Assessment

Policy report (2500 words): 30%
Evaluation paper (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4000 words): 40%

Prerequisites

CRJ4001 and CRJ4002

Prohibitions

CRJ4004


CRT4030 - Poetics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rose Lucas

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A study of the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery. Topics include genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric; discourse theory and narratology; modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric, especially essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT4070 - Lacan and subjectivity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

An introductory reading of the difficult psychoanalytic texts of the French psychoanalyst, Jacques Lacan. His accounts of the ego, subjectivity and otherness; the unconscious and desire 'structured like a language'; the phallus and sexual difference. The unit shows his relevance to philosophical accounts of subjectivity, theories of literary and visual representation, and feminist theory.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 20%
Essay (6000 words) OR two essays (3000 words): 80%

Prerequisites

CRT2050/3050 or PHL3050; or CRT2060/3060 or PHL3060


CRT4080(A) - Research Project Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A long essay of 18,000 words on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. Two copies of the research project must be submitted in typescript and suitably presented not later than 30 October. Comparative Literature students are normally required to read literary texts in the original language.


CRT4080(B) - Research Project Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for CRT4080(A)

Assessment

Written (18,000 words): 100%


CRT4100 - Deleuze and Foucault

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A reading of selected texts of Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze. The unit has three parts.

  1. The common cultural and theoretical background of French philosophy in the twentieth century.
  2. The last writings of Foucault, those he describes as 'genealogy', his writings on prisons and disciplinary power, and his writings on the history of sexuality.
  3. Deleuze's 'rhizomatic writings', concentrating on Nietzsche, Sacher von Masoch and A Thousand Plateaus.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words) OR Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT4200 - Semiotics and post-structuralism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

How to turn literary structuralist theory into a workable tool of critical analysis. Origins of structuralism and semiotics as critical systems - the Russian formalist school, C S Peirce and F de Saussure. The critique of structuralism through poststructuralism and deconstruction, especially the work of Deleuze and Guattari.

Assessment

Three essays (3000 words each): 90%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT4225 - Hermeneutics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Andrew Benjamin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1000-1500 words each): 40%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT4760 - Gender, body and performance

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rachel Fensham

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Unit introduces the theoretical debates which construct and inform relations between the concepts of gender, bodies and performance. It investigates how different discourses including visual/literary criticism and psychoanalysis have produced meanings about the body and gender. It considers the way these discursive constructions of the body have been represented in performance, focusing on how particular technologies of representation contribute to the meanings of the body in

performance. A broad definition of performance will be applied, from those events or representations involving the live body and those involving a mediated body.

Assessment

First essay (2000 words): 25%
Second essay/presentation (2000-2500 words): 25%
Long essay (3500 words): 50%

Prerequisites

Permission


CRT4830 - Popular culture and ethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The course will model ethics through an investigation of M Bakhtin's version of structuralism, in particular his work on the philosophy of the act, in the context of poststructural critical theory. The concept of alterity will be investigated through additional theoretical and literary texts, notably E Levinas' Ethique et infinite, J-L Nancy's theory of community, G Deleuze's philosophy of action and A Badiou's 'objectless subject.' These theoretical materials will be used to construct a model of ethics through which to analyse and critique literary, visual and popular culture texts as well as theoretical approaches to the 'culture industry.'

Objectives

On successful completion of the course, students should be familiar with a model of ethics derived from M M Bakhtin's Philosophy of the Act, in the context of supplementary theoretical texts of poststructuralism (Levinas, Nancy, Badiou). With this model of ethics as a tool, students will be able to critique a variety of popular culture texts as well as Modernist and postmodern theoretical approaches to popular culture.

Assessment

Written work (7 000 words): 70%; Test (Two hours): 20%; Class Participation (continuous): 10%.

Contact hours

Two hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

CLS4835 and CRT5830


CRT5030 - Poetics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rose Lucas

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A study of the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery. Topics include genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric; discourse theory and narratology; modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric, especially essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT5070 - Lacan and subjectivity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

An introductory reading of the difficult psychoanalytic texts of the French psychoanalyst, Jacques Lacan. His accounts of the ego, subjectivity and otherness; the unconscious and desire 'structured like a language'; the phallus and sexual difference. The unit shows his relevance to philosophical accounts of subjectivity, theories of literary and visual representation, and feminist theory.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 30%
Essay (6000 words): 70%

Prerequisites

CRT2050/3050 or PHL3050; or CRT2060/3060 or PHL3060


CRT5100 - Deleuze and Foucault

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A reading of selected texts of Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze. The unit has three parts.

  1. The common cultural and theoretical background of French philosophy in the twentieth century.
  2. The last writings of Foucault, those he describes as 'genealogy', his writings on prisons and disciplinary power, and his writings on the history of sexuality.
  3. Deleuze's 'rhizomatic writings', concentrating on Nietzsche, Sacher von Masoch and A Thousand Plateaus.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words) OR Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT5200 - Semiotics and Post-Structuralism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

How to turn literary structuralist theory into a workable tool of critical analysis. Origins of structuralism and semiotics as critical systems - the Russian formalist school, C S Peirce and F de Saussure. The critique of structuralism through poststructuralism and deconstruction, especially the work of Deleuze and Guattari.

Assessment

One essay (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT5225 - Hermeneutics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Andrew Benjamin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Three seminar papers (1500 words each): 45%
Research essay (4500 words): 55%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT5760 - Gender, body and performance

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rachel Fensham

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Unit introduces the theoretical debates which construct and inform relations between the concepts of gender, bodies and performance. It investigates how different discourses including visual/literary criticism and psychoanalysis have produced meanings about the body and gender. It considers the way these discursive constructions of the body have been represented in performance, focusing on how particular technologies of representation contribute to the meanings of the body in performance. A broad definition of performance will be applied, from those events or representations involving the live body and those involving a mediate body.

Assessment

First essay (2500 words): 25%
Second essay/presentation (2500-3000 words): 25%
Long essay (3500 words): 50%
In addition to an increased assessment load, students at fifth year level will be expected to demonstrate an advanced theoretical understanding of the unit.

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in Masters level coursework degree.


CRT5830 - Popular culture and ethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The course will model ethics through an investigation of M Bakhtin's version of structuralism, in particular his work on the philosophy of the act, in the context of poststructural critical theory. The concept of alterity will be investigated through additional theoretical and literary texts, notably E Levinas' Ethique et infinite, J-L Nancy's theory of community, G Deleuze's philosophy of action and A Badiou's 'objectless subject.' These theoretical materials will be used to construct a model of ethics through which to analyse and critique literary, visual and popular culture texts as well as theoretical approaches to the 'culture industry.'

Objectives

As for CRT4830, with the added objective that fifth year students will draw on the Modernist manifestoes of art (Tolstoy, Benjamin, Heidegger, Adorno) to construct a model of popular culture ethics.

Assessment

Class paper (1,500 words): 20%;

Research paper (prepares for publication) (8,000 words): 80%;

or Two Essays (4,000 words each): 80%

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar

Prohibitions

CLS4835 and CRT4830


CRT6000 - Critical theory: A survey

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Andrew Milner

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to establish the theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture. These will be examined from a range of competing theoretical perspectives. Discussion will centre on: hermeneutics and reception theory, cultural materialism and the new historicism, semiology and semiotics, ideology critique and the sociology of culture, post-structuralist theories of difference. Each of these will be examined for their respective accounts of critical theory and method. Candidates will be required to consider the possible relevance of each of these approaches to their proposed research.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an advanced-level survey of various influential attempts to establish theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture. Discussion will centre on: hermeneutics and reception theory; cultural materialism and the new historicism; semiology and semiotics; ideology critique and the sociology of culture; post-structuralist theories of difference. Each of these will be examined for their respective accounts of critical theory and method.

  1. To enable students to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied in the subject.

  1. To provide students with the critical and expressive resources necessary to write clear, concise, accurate and independent essays on topics related to the reading.

  1. To encourage students to consider the possible relevance to their own proposed research of each of the theoretical approaches discussed in the subject.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT6010 - Critical theory: An approach

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Benjamin

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will provide a detailed exploration of the internal logic of a particular approach or a set of related problems in contemporary critical theory. Negativity has been a durable theme of modern thought and writing, and in recent years it has become of considerable structural interest. The notion is variously defined, ususally with reference to one or more of philosophy, psychoanalysis and theology. This seminar seeks to analyse 'negativity' in the work of Franz Kafka and Maurice Blanchot, and it will do so with the help of critical theorists.

Objectives

  1. To gain a close and full knowledge of two central writers of prose fiction in the twentieth century, Franz Kafka and Maurice Blanchot.

  1. To gain an awareness of the main lines of critical debate surrounding these works.

  1. To master the basic arguments pertaining to the problematic of negativity (roughly: Hegel, Kojeve, Adorno, Bataille).

  1. To develop skills in evaluating different readings of these writers, especially Blanchot's account of Kafka.

  1. To write coherently, economically and rigorously on both the literary and critical texts.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT6020 - Critical theory: A theorist

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to some of the major works of the German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche as well as some of the central texts in recent European philosophy that engage with his thought. The assessment tasks will assist students to locate the place of Nietzsche's thought in their own research projects. Starting with a brief examination of his immediate precursors in German philosophy, our focus will fall on Nietzsche's treatment of the themes of art, history, truth and critique. Texts to be considered on Nietzsche will include selections from Heidegger, Deleuze, Derrida and Irigaray.

Objectives

  1. To introduce students to the writings of a major critical theorist.

  1. To provide the conceptual, historical and logical tools necessary for a close reading of this major critical theorist's work.

  1. To provide the resources by which this theorist's contributions can be assessed in relation to other critical theorists.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 80%
Seminar paper (3000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT6030 - French language

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brian Nelson

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A program of directed reading in French language texts especially relevant to the thesis topic. CRT6030 provides doctoral candidates researching in comparative literature or critical theory with the appropriate language skills to read texts in the original French. Students usually participate in an appropriate French language class (normally FRN1050 - see the Arts undergraduate handbook) for practical language acquisition.

Objectives

  1. To enable students to improve their level of fluency in French language to a level where they are able to read French literary or critical texts in the original language.

  1. To complete a programme of directed reading in French language texts especially relevant to the student's thesis topic.

  1. Other objectives as specified for the appropriate French language class.

Assessment

Two Essays (3000 words each): 50%
Other assessment as specified for the appropriate French language subject: 50%

Contact hours

5 or 6 hours per week


CRT6040 - German language

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kate Rigby

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A program of directed reading in German language texts especially relevant to the thesis topic. CRT6040 provides doctoral candidates researching in comparative literature or critical theory with the appropriate language skills to read texts in the original German. Students usually participate in an appropriate German language class (normally GRN1050 - see the Arts undergraduate handbook) for practical language acquisition.

Objectives

  1. To enable students to improve their level of fluency in German language to a level where they are able to read German literary or critical texts in the original language.

  1. To complete a programme of directed reading in German language texts especially relevant to the student's thesis topic.

  1. Other objectives as specified for the appropriate German language class.

Assessment

Two essays (3000 words each): 50%
Other assessment as specified for the appropriate German language unit: 50%

Contact hours

7 hours per week


CVL4010 - Rites of passage: Culture and celebrating life cycle events

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines similarities and differences in rituals relating to birth, marriage and the handling of death in traditional and modern societies which have contributed to present day Australia, including aboriginal and immigrant cultures. Topics include the role of the 'celebrant' in creating a valid marriage in Western society, the universality of ritual and current attitudes to it. The unit enables practitioners to advise clients about planning their own lifecycle celebrations.

Assessment

Two essays (2500 words each): 50%
Video presentation: 15%
Supporting documentation (4000 words): 35%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


CVL4020 - Life cycle events: Literature, music and life stories

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Major musical and literary works associated with rites of passage, mainly from the Western tradition, will be examined in terms of their uses for various occasions, along with basic skills of research, story writing and story telling. The unit enables practitioners to advise clients about planning their own lifecycle celebrations.

Assessment

Essay on music topic (3500 words): 35%
Life stories assignment (2000 words): 20%
Video presentation: 10% Two literature essays (2000 words, 1500 words): 25%
Video presentation: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


CVL4030 - Celebrant and client: Legal, ethical and personal issues

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of a profession and the professional status of civil celebrants. Issues include legislation and precedent, registration of births, marriages and deaths, engagement, premarital and marital formalities, immigration, divorce, children's issues and death certificates. Also discussed are principles of ethics, ethical dilemmas, decisions about referral, consultation, confidentiality, listening skills and interacting with people at times of emotional stress.

Assessment

Essays on legal issues (3200 words): 35%
Essay on ethical issues (2600 words): 30%
Essay on personal issues (3200 words): 35%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


CVL4040 - Professional celebration of rites of passage

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of ceremony and ceremony as marking points of passage in life, especially weddings and funerals. The significance of ceremony for secular people is also raised. The unit is primarily practical, and covers interviewing clients and preparing the ceremony; choice of venue; constructing a eulogy or a talk for a wedding ceremony; incorporating musical and literary elements into the ceremony; dress, and the general notion of ceremonial theatre. There will also be an introduction to public speaking.

Assessment

Eulogy or obituary (1500 words): 15%
Video presentation: 10%
Critique of ceremonies observed (1600 words): 15%
Draft wedding ceremony (2000 words): 10%
Video presentation: 10%
Relationship assigment (2000 words): 15%
Composition and video presentation of ceremony other than wedding or funeral (2500 words): 10%
Video presentation: 15%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


CVL5090 - Civil ceremonies placement

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

A period of work experience in the field of civil ceremonies, involving about eighty hours of work placement, which may be taken in a range of community groups (schools, churches, ethnic/indigenous groups, professional groups, hospitals, funeral homes, cemeteries, Registry Offices, reception houses etc). Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report, documenting and commenting on civil ceremonies performed as part of the placement.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

  1. to have developed a network of professional contacts in civil ceremonies and negotiated (in consultation with the unit co-ordinator) a period of work experience
  2. to have developed a higher level understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working as a civil celebrant
  3. to have developed high level written and verbal presentation and communication skills.

Assessment

Placement project (6000 words) 75%
Reflective essay (2000 words) 15%
Oral presentation (10%)

Contact hours

Three 3-hour seminars, during the semester

Off-campus attendance requirements

Participation in one all-day seminar, to be held at Monash University

Prerequisites

CVL4010, CVL4020, CVL4030, CVL4040


DTH4000 - Dramatic theory, criticism and research methods

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rob Baum

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for DTS4000

Objectives

  1. Understanding and integration of major concepts within dramatic theory, history and literature

  1. Appreciation of the qualitative and critical significance of key thinkers within the discipline of theatre and performance studies

  1. Critical tools to interpret and engage with complex ideas about theatre criticism, theory and performance-making

  1. Awareness of diverse research methods and methodology appropriate to arts research, and experience in their practical application

  1. Development of research and writing skills

Assessment

Methods research (1500 words): 20%; Investigation and presentation on an issue (2500 words): 30%; Subjective exercise (1000 words): 15%; Long research paper (4000 words): 35%

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week


DTH4002 - Creating the new: Theatre and its experiments

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sue Tweg

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit investigates a range of avant-garde theories, practices and practitioners, in order to stimulate imaginative and investigative possibilities for performance. The emphasis will be on work that challenges conventional boundaries, both between genres and between theatre and other models of performance. An important element in the program will be the practice of performance-makers in Australia who represent significant initiatives of this kind.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. A familiarity with some key early avant-garde texts and practitioners.

  1. Some awareness of contemporary avant-garde performance texts and stylistics around the world.

  1. Understanding of some foundation theories of the European avant-garde.

  1. A broad appreciation of the directions of experimental theatre practice, both in Australia and overseas.

  1. Confidence to articulate and theorise responses, both written and verbal, to a range of scripts and performance events.

  1. The capacity for observation, documentation and critique of non-mainstream performance events.

  1. Skills in written analysis and argument to support independent scholarly research for short papers.

Assessment

Two seminar presentations (1,500 words each): 30%
Short investigative performance work or 2500 word essay on the work of an innovative contemporary practitioner: 30%
An argumentative essay on selected issues in the development and/or analysis of non-conventional models of performance (3,500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week

Co-requisites

DTH4000


DTH4004 - Rethinking theatre history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will explore the processes of rethinking theatre history in a number of ways: the challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and to canonical assumptions; the implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; the responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to the influence of thinking in other disciplines; the reframing of canonical texts in the light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and its implications for historicised interpretation.

It will examine a range of plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and to specific recent re-readings.

Objectives

Students completing 'Rethinking Theatre History' should have acquired:

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.

  1. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.

  1. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.

  1. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.

  1. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.

  1. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.

Assessment

An exegetical essay (3000 words): 30%
An oral class presentation (equivalent 2000 words): 20%
A long essay (4000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Co-requisites

DTH4000


DTH5001 - Design for theatre

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Coe

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine the process of creating a design approach to theatrical production through an understanding of applied aesthetics. It will consider issues of lighting, sound, line, mass and colour, and the ways in which they craft theatre scenography. It will focus on the ways in which specific texts might be interpreted as well as the histories and potentials of specific theatre buildings and structures. Both the 'craft' and 'art' of design will be explored in a practical project reflecting the theoretical and historical understandings developed in this unit. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. greater understanding of the craft elements of design,
  2. contextual understanding of the art of design through a range of critical theories
  3. a working design for a production representing a coherent aesthetic
  4. the ability to critique theatrical design in sustained oral and written form
  5. at fifth-year level, folio and seminar paper will critically compare design theories in arts practice

Assessment

Practical folio of design for implementation (4,000 words): 40%;

Seminar paper (2,000 words) 25%;

Contribution to class discussion (2,000 words) 25%;

Practical class work (1,000 words) 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Co-requisites

DTS 4000

Prohibitions

DTH 4001


DTH5002 - Creating the new: Theatre and its experiments

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sue Tweg

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit investigates a range of avant-garde theories, practices and practitioners, in order to stimulate imaginative and investigative possibilities for performance. The emphasis will be on work that challenges conventional boundaries, both between genres and between theatre and other models of performance. An important element in the program will be the practice of performance-makers in Australia who represent significant initiatives of this kind.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. A familiarity with some key early avant-garde texts and practitioners.

  1. Some awareness of contemporary avant-garde performance texts and stylistics around the world.

  1. Understanding of some foundation theories of the European avant-garde.

  1. A broad appreciation of the directions of experimental theatre practice, both in Australia and overseas.

  1. Confidence to articulate and theorise responses, both written and verbal, to a range of scripts and performance events.

  1. The capacity for observation, documentation and critique of non-mainstream performance events.

  1. Skills in written analysis and argument to support independent scholarly research for short papers.

  1. Skills in the gathering and transcription of first-hand interview material, and its integration into scholarly argument.

Assessment

Two seminar presentations (1,500 words each): 30% +

Short investigative performance work or 2,500-word essay on the work of an innovative contemporary practitioner: 30%
An argumentative essay on selected issues in the development and/or analysis of non-conventional models of performance (3,500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week

Co-requisites

DTS4000


DTH5003 - Performance investigation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Will Peterson

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Objectives

  1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.
  2. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.
  3. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.
  4. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.
  5. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.
  6. At the fifth-year level students will be expected to transparently embed a critical approach or theory in the performance project.

Assessment

Workshop classes and presentations (2,000 words): 25%:

Performance project, with journal support (5,000 words): 50%;

Performance critiques (2,000 words) 25%

Contact hours

3 hours a week

Co-requisites

DTH 4000


DTH5004 - Rethinking theatre history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores ways of rethinking theatre history, including: challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and canonical assumptions; implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to other disciplines; reframing canonical texts in light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and the implications for historicised interpretation. It examines plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and specific recent re-readings. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Objectives

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.
  7. At fifth-year level students will be required to pay specific attention to a theoretical area, such as gender, race or identity politics, in their final essay.

Assessment

exegetical essay (3,000 words): 30%;

oral class presentation (2,000 words): 20%;

long essay (4,000 words) 50%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

DTS/H 4000 is a compulsory class in the programme


DTH5005 - New critical approaches

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Will Peterson

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit raises significant issues that might be located in four overlapping domains: anthropology, materialism, phenomenology and geography. We will engage with the ideas and events that have impacted upon our notions of theatre in the last two decades, creating new disciplines and theories, in particular Performance Theory. We will consider the influence of feminist and post-colonial discourses, Australia's global context, gender performance and the diverse means of interpreting artistic form, theatre and its audiences.



Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. An understanding of new critical frameworks and their significance to theatre in a changing world.

  1. The capacity to negotiate and respond to confronting subjects and issues in performance.

  1. A responsible engagement with theatre as artistic and social practice.

  1. The capacity to articulate both personal and theoretical ideas about theatre in spoken and written form.

Assessment

Researched and referenced paper on a particular question: 40%
Research paper on a relevant subject: 25%
Development and demonstration of an individual or collective performance: 25%
Regular contribution to class discussions: 10%

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 4th year core unit (DTH4000) and normally at least two other 4th or 5th year units in the program


DTH5006 - Theatre industry project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Coe

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to develop a research project in relation to specific industry needs. It may be an audience survey, a dramaturgical study, an investigation of performing arts policy, theatre as cultural action in a community context or a work placement in a selected aspect of the performing arts industry. The research project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and any particular professional organisation involved. Initial attention would be directed towards developing a suitable research methodology to undertake fieldwork, bearing in mind ethical issues affecting human research.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. The ability to design a research project relevant to the needs of a specific aspect of the professional performing arts industry.

  1. An understanding of the frameworks that produce high quality theatre research.

  1. An enhanced knowledge of the ways in which artists, administrators, critics and audiences interact in the performing arts industry.

  1. The capacity to produce a qualitative research report and to demonstrate excellent written communication skills.

Assessment

Initial research proposal (2000 words): 30%
A research report (7000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Dramatic Criticism, Theory, Methods and at least three other level 4/5 units in the program


DTH5007 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Will Peterson

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit involves the research and writing of a long essay on an approved topic in theatre or performance studies of the student's choice. It should be able to demonstrate knowledge of relevant theoretical, comparative and practical approaches to the topic. It will require independent research and high level application to scholarly communication of the outcomes.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. The capacity to undertake advanced research in the discipline of theatre, drama and performance studies.

  1. An understanding of theoretical and comparative frameworks pertinent to their chosen topic.

  1. The ability to write an extended and persuasive scholarly essay on a selected topic.

Assessment

A research essay (9,000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

Dramatic Theory, Criticism, Theory and Methods, and at least three other level 4/5 units in the program


DTM5100 - Literature review

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

Offered

Not offered in 2009


DTS5600 - Thesis/Performance project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Snow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


EIL4401 - English in international professional contexts

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The increasing use of English in international professional contexts, partly due to the increased globalization of trade, has resulted in complexities that merit a close and scholarly attention. Issues such as cultural differences in negotiation style and management as well as expectations of professional meetings have had an impact on how English is used and interpreted by professionals in international contexts. This unit provides an opportunity for students to explore these issues in the light of intercultural communication in English-based professional contexts.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. advanced knowledge of the issues that surround the use of English as a lingua franca in international professional contexts,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of methods of data analysis relevant to patterns of communication,
  3. advanced knowledge of the relationship between general cultural values and communicative performance in specific contexts,
  4. a critical understanding of the role of English in supra-national processes such as globalization.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week.


EIL4402 - Renationalising English: Language, culture, and communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore the processes that have been involved in renationalisation of English throughout the world. Through a critical analysis of the published literature in the area, students will examine how hegemonic forces and power asymmetries that were originally associated with the spread of English, as an imperialistic language, have eventually been replaced by the reassignment of the "ownership" of English to many other speech communities around the world. This process of renationalisation of English has involved cultural, conceptual, ideological, and communicative restructurings, which are examined in detail in this unit.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of the literature regarding the spread of English around the globe,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of how the process of renationalisation of English provides clues about the relationship between language, culture, conceptualisation, and communication,
  3. critical appreciation of the relationship between language, power, and identity.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class Participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


EIL4404 - Issues in teaching English as an international language

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore issues that surround the teaching of English as International Language. Through an examination of prescribed texts the unit offers an analysis of the socio-cultural, ideological, and linguistic issues that arise from the teaching of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication. Students will be introduced to a range of views and positions regarding the nature of EIL including how it should be taught and evaluated.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of views and positions that have been developed in the literature regarding the teaching of English of as an International Language,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of the linguistic, ideological, and socio-cultural issues that surround the use of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication,
  3. knowledge of the available views and positions on issues such as the 'ownership' of English and 'proficiency' in EIL.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


EIL5001 - Research project in English as an international language

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to the role of English as an International Language. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Thesis (15000 to 18000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

EIL4401, EIL4402 and two of the following: EIL4403, EIL4404, ALM4250/ALM5250


ENM4120 - Dissertation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A dissertation on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. The topic should be approved well in advance so that a supervisor may be appointed and much of the work done during the long vacation and first semester. There is a short subject in methodology during some weeks of the first semester and a series of seminars to discuss work in progress.

Assessment

Written (9000-12,000 words): 100%


ENM4210 - Writing the child

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rebecca Do Rozario

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine historical and cultural changes in the representation of childhood and the child figure in a range of texts from the romantic to the modern eras. Prose fictions, some addressed to adult readers, some to child readers, will be explored for the ways in which discourses about the 'child' intersect with discourses about notions of origins; gender and sexuality; class, social place, power and subjectivity; race; the family and the home; education of mind and body; and growing up. The unit will employ poststructuralist, semiotic and discourse theory, and will have a feminist emphasis.

Objectives

It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

  1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historicity and cultural constructedness of the child figure.

  1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of traditional, romantic, modernist and postmodern representations of the child.

  1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the iconography of childhood.

  1. Critical skills pertaining to deconstruction, and the specific ability to deconstruct discourses of childhood in a range of texts for adults and children.

  1. An understanding of the ideological relationship between discourses of childhood and western discourses of gender, class and race.

  1. A knowledge of narratology and reception theory, and the skills to analyse and interpret such textual elements as narrator, implied reader and narratee in cultural context.

  1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM4250 - Gothic revivals

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Susan Tweg

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A specialist genre study of gothic fictions (in prose and on film) with emphasis on twentieth-century examples, plus critical and theoretical approaches. Gothic fictions allow us to be frightened in a safe place: material opens up discussions on the nature of beliefs about the modern family, desire, repression, gender and sexuality, about distinctions between fantasy, dreams and reality, between madness and sanity.

Assessment

Two seminar presentations with written papers (2000 words each): 50%
Essay (5000 words) or an original piece of Gothic fiction (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4260 - Writers and the creative process

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Extend students' skills as 'informed' writers and readers by reviewing a range of writings by 'creative writers' on the creative process: inspiration and imagination, the real and the fictive, the metaphysics of language, women's themes, and the moral and political role of the artist in society. It will extend to the 'art of fiction', the practicalities of creating a narrative from idea development and the mechanics of writing to marketing strategies. Students will review 'canonical' creative texts alonside essays, fugitive pieces and literary manifestoes. It will appeal to aspiring creative writers and those seeking careers in related areas like publishing, reviewing and teaching.

Assessment

An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts of student's choice (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
A folio of short fiction and exegesis OR an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50%
participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4270 - Feminist Poetics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rose Lucas

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will offer close study of a number of key women poets of the twentieth century who have contributed to a general feminist challenge to, and rewriting of, conventional inscriptions of gender. Using the theories of Julia Kristeva, it will also critique the category of poetic language and its relation to the genre of poetry. These issues will form the focus for substantial readings of poetic texts. The emphasis for learning will be upon discussion and debate, facilitated by the presentation of student papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Class participation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4370 - Contemporary Australian poetry and fiction

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Ackland

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Issues in contemporary Australian writing and criticism. Identity (national, gender, racial) and how post-modern fiction interrogates its very concept and destabilises existing definitions through a range of stylistic strategies.

Assessment

Two essays (2500 words each): 60%
Essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4580 - Ireland, Swift, England: Special author subject

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clive Probyn

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A detailed study of the works (prose and verse) of Jonathan Swift (1667-1745) in their cultural and political contexts. Topics include Swift's changing political ideologies; paradox and irony as modes of writing; conflict between Irish and English cultural (and economic) contexts, England as colonial 'centre', and Ireland as 'margin', poetry and misogyny.

Assessment

Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
Essay (2500 words): 25%
Essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4620 - Literary theory

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clive Probyn

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers a detailed study of modern theories of literary criticism, concentrating on the period 1950 to the present, and covers topics including: formalism, structuralism, deconstruction, phenomenology, Freudian and Jungian approaches to interpretation. Weekly topics for discussion will include speech act theory, repetition, dialogism, archetypes, signified and signifier, hermeneutics, feminocentric reading, metafiction and the narcissistic narrative. No previous theoretical knowledge is assumed, but the unit is appropriate for students already interested in asking questions of a general nature about the practice of literature and interpretation.

Objectives

This subject will not discuss 'primary literary texts' (novels, plays, poems), but 'texts about literature' and 'texts about criticism' ('literary criticism', critical discourse, what readers and critics do) 'texts about texts'. We shall examine the practice and assumptions behind the activities called critical judgement and critical reading in relation to a wide variety of theories. The rationale of this subject is literary, not philosophical. In addition to surveying a wide range of types of critical discourse, we look at the often unexamined, or so-called 'axiomatic' principles and practice of literary creation from both the writer's and reader's points of view. The literary criticism listed below under 'Readings' may be no less imaginative, fictional, creative, or 'textual', than the literary works some of them claim to 'explain'. Criticism may seek to take the place of the text in the same way that the text may seem to take the place of 'reality'. Do not expect a final set of transportable 'truths' to emerge at the end. The emphasis of the course is placed on the questions we ask of literature and of criticism when we engage in reading and in the production of texts: questions about where literature belongs in human experience; its relationship to and difference from other sorts of discourse: its definition; the terminology we use to describe it; assumptions about the role and function of literature in society, and so on. Such questions have been asked by many writers and critics from the time of Aristotle to the present day.

Assessment

Exercise or book review (2000 words): 20%
Seminar paper (2500 words): 20%
Essay (4500 words): 50% Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM4700 - Drama of the age of Shakespeare

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Groves

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Shakespeare's plays and plays by the most outstanding of his contemporaries. Each work is studied in its theatrical, political and philosophical contexts. Shakespeare's varying reception across the centuries. Transformations of Shakespeare into other media (eg into grand opera: Verdi, Otello, on film).

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


ENM4750 - Exotic erotic other: World writing in English

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit will offer students the opportunity to engage in creative writing and critique. The main focus of the unit will be on diversity of literatures in English (mainly of the past three decades) with the emphasis on writing that confronts difference in preoccupation with identity, religion, history, gender and sexuality, children, space and landscape, marginality and diaspora, and hybridity in recent postcolonial writing. The unit will offer students the opportunity to develop their creative writing and reading skills, and provide a strong foundation for further study in creative writing, reading and research.

Assessment

Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis or an essay (5000 words): 60%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%


ENM4760 - Visions and revisions: Reworkings

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine some ways in which imaginative experience may be reworked. Reworkings include revisions, rejoinders, amplification, reinterpretation, indirect allusion, translation and subversion. Factors in reworking, such as authorial bias, the spirit of the age, and movement from one genre or one art form to another, will also be considered. Postmodern and postcolonial factors in reworkings will receive particular attention. The large proportion of twentieth-century texts will enable students to assess how this century's literature is built upon earlier work, and to consider how contemporary sensibilities affect interpretation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this course should have developed:

  1. An understanding of the variety of ways in which literary texts may be considered as responses to precursor texts.

  1. A recognition of how our own age interprets, evaluates and controls its cultural heritage by reworking it.

  1. A grounding in the nature of the social circumstances and cultural conditions in which literature is produced.

  1. An ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words; a literary exercise of 1500 words may be substituted for one of the seminar papers): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM5210 - Writing the child

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rebecca Do Rozario

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine historical and cultural changes in the representation of childhood and the child figure in a range of texts from the romantic to the modern eras. Prose fictions, some addressed to adult readers, some to child readers, will be explored for the ways in which discourses about the 'child' intersect with discourses about notions of origins; gender and sexuality; class, social place, power and subjectivity; race; the family and the home; education of mind and body; and growing up. The unit will employ poststructuralist, semiotic and discourse theory, and will have a feminist emphasis.

Objectives

It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

  1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historicity and cultural constructedness of the child figure.

  1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of traditional, romantic, modernist and postmodern representations of the child.

  1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the iconography of childhood.

  1. Critical skills pertaining to deconstruction, and the specific ability to deconstruct discourses of childhood in a range of texts for adults and children.

  1. An understanding of the ideological relationship between discourses of childhood and western discourses of gender, class and race.

  1. A knowledge of narratology and reception theory, and the skills to analyse and interpret such textual elements as narrator, implied reader and narratee in cultural context.

  1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM5250 - Gothic revivals

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sue Tweg

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENM4250

Objectives

As for ENM4250

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words and 2500 words): 20% and 30% respectively
Essay OR an original piece of Gothic fiction (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


ENM5260 - Writers and the creative process

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ENM4260

Objectives

As for ENM4260

Assessment

An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts of student's choice (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
a folio of short fiction and exegesis or an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5270 - Feminist Poetics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rose Lucas

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENM4270

Objectives

As for ENM4270

Assessment

Written work: 100% (6500 words)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5370 - Contemporary Australian poetry and fiction

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Ackland

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENM4370

Objectives

As for ENM4370

Assessment

Two assignments (2500 words): 40%
Essay (4000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5580 - Ireland, Swift, England: Special author subject

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clive Probyn

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENM4580

Objectives

As for ENM4580

Assessment

Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
Short essay (2500 words): 25%
Long essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5620 - Literary theory

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clive Probyn

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers a detailed study of modern theories of literary criticism, concentrating on the period 1950 to the present, and covers topics including: formalism, structuralism, deconstruction, phenomenology, Freudian and Jungian approaches to interpretation. Weekly topics for discussion will include speech act theory, repetition, dialogism, archetypes, signified and signifier, hermeneutics, feminocentric reading, metafiction and the narcissistic narrative. No previous theoretical knowledge is assumed, but the unit is appropriate for students already interested in asking questions of a general nature about the practice of literature and interpretation.

Objectives

This subject will not discuss 'primary literary texts' (novels, plays, poems), but 'texts about literature' and 'texts about criticism' ('literary criticism', critical discourse, what readers and critics do) 'texts about texts'. We shall examine the practice and assumptions behind the activities called critical judgement and critical reading in relation to a wide variety of theories. The rationale of this subject is literary, not philosophical. In addition to surveying a wide range of types of critical discourse, we look at the often unexamined, or so-called 'axiomatic' principles and practice of literary creation from both the writer's and reader's points of view. The literary criticism listed below under 'Readings' may be no less imaginative, fictional, creative, or 'textual', than the literary works some of them claim to 'explain'. Criticism may seek to take the place of the text in the same way that the text may seem to take the place of 'reality'. Do not expect a final set of transportable 'truths' to emerge at the end. The emphasis of the course is placed on the questions we ask of literature and of criticism when we engage in reading and in the production of texts: questions about where literature belongs in human experience; its relationship to and difference from other sorts of discourse: its definition; the terminology we use to describe it; assumptions about the role and function of literature in society, and so on. Such questions have been asked by many writers and critics from the time of Aristotle to the present day.

Assessment

Exercise or book review (2000 words): 20%
Seminar paper (2000 words): 20%
Essay (5000 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM5640 - The Life of the text: Genesis, production, reception

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A study of the theory and practice of authorship, publication, and the transmission and reception of literary texts, from the earliest times to the present day.

Objectives

As for ENM4640

Assessment

One exercise(1500 words): 20%
Major project (4000 words): 40%
Essay (1500 words): 30%
Seminar paper (1000 words) and class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5700 - Drama of the age of Shakespeare

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Groves

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ENM4700

Objectives

As for ENM4700

Assessment

Two assignments (2500 words each): 40%
Essay (4000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


ENM5750 - Exotic erotic other: World writing in English

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ENM4750

Objectives

As for ENM4750

Assessment

Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis or an essay (5000 words): 60%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%
ENM5750 students will be expected to include a more extensively theorised research component in their essays and to develop and demonstrate a more independent and resourceful approach in their creative writing

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5760 - Visions and revisions: Reworkings

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine some ways in which imaginative experience may be reworked. Reworkings include revisions, rejoinders, amplification, reinterpretation, indirect allusion, translation and subversion. Factors in reworking, such as authorial bias, the spirit of the age, and movement from one genre or one art form to another, will also be considered. Postmodern and postcolonial factors in reworkings will receive particular attention. The large proportion of twentieth-century texts will enable students to assess how this century's literature is built upon earlier work, and to consider how contemporary sensibilities affect interpretation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this course should have developed:

  1. An understanding of the variety of ways in which literary texts may be considered as responses to precursor texts.

  1. A recognition of how our own age interprets, evaluates and controls its cultural heritage by reworking it.

  1. A grounding in the nature of the social circumstances and cultural conditions in which literature is produced.

  1. An ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words; a literary exercise of 1500 words may be substituted for one of the seminar papers): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENV4020 - Perspectives on environment and sustainability

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ed Lockhart

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.

  1. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions...).

  1. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.

  1. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.

  1. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4000 words)
Oral presentations: 20%

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week


ENV4030 - Environmental analysis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit equips students with understanding of basic tools for environmental analysis and decision making for sustainability and skills in their application. It will look at a range of techniques for attributing value to the environment including those based on economics e.g. cost benefit analysis, as well as tools for evaluating planning and policy decisions. These include environmental and social impact assessment, risk analysis, strategic and integrated assessment, life cycle analysis, state-of-environment reporting, modelling, auditing, monitoring and scenario building. Throughout, the dynamic interaction between scientists, policy makers and the broader community will be explored.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit at level 4 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a capacity to describe and understand a variety of methods used to value the environment.

  1. understanding of the complexity of analysing and presenting data to form the basis of decisions about the environment.

  1. understanding and critical evaluation of the development and operation of the Environmental Impact Assessment process both nationally and internationally

  1. understanding of the economic approach to attributing environmental value

  1. skills in applying a range of techniques to real world situations

Assessment

Written work (inc. practical exercises
field report): 80% (4000 words)
Group oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV422E or ENV522E Environmental Assessment


ENV4040 - Frontiers in sustainability and environment

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nigel Tapper

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Drawing on environmental expertise from inside and outside the university, this unit provides students with a fundamental technical understanding of a range of contemporary and emerging environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, global warming, waste management, genetic engineering, water scarcity and management, and urban and rural sustainability. Throughout, the coordinator will ensure that social concepts and frameworks of sustainability are woven into a more comprehensive technical understanding of the environmental issues. The unit also considers responses proposed and/or implemented to address the various environmental issues.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A fundamental understanding of the scientific basis of a range of key environmental issues.

  1. The ability to recognize that scientific understanding of major environmental issues is not complete, and that there are a range of scientific perspectives that can be brought to bear on any particular environmental issue.

  1. The ability to apply social concepts and frameworks of sustainability to key environmental issues.

  1. An awareness of the responses proposed and/or implemented in response to key environmental issues.

  1. A capacity to construct critical and analytical argument in oral and written form, relevant to discussion of major environmental issues.

Assessment

Reading commentaries 1000 words 25%
Oral presentation (debate participation) Equivalent to 500 words 25%
Research essay 3000 words 50%

Contact hours

Two, two-day intensive class sessions held in weeks 3 and 5


ENV4050 - Environmental governance and citizenship

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Megan Farrelly

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the social and institutional frameworks for sustainability management, considering the relative merits of "top-down" and "bottom-up" approaches. The role, structure and processes of government in relation to the sustainability agenda will be outlined. The unit will review command-and-control regulation, the use of market mechanisms and citizen empowerment. The role of environmental law will be considered, as well as processes for community participation in planning and policy making, negotiation and advocacy. The evolving nature of participation (actors/processes/structures) in environmental governance will be explored.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the role of government in relation to the environment and sustainability.

  1. An understanding of the role of civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability

  1. An understanding of the role of law in the regulation of the environment.

  1. Familiarity with the principles and practice of citizen advocacy.

  1. Skills in environmental negotiation and mediation.

Assessment

Essay 2000 words 40%
Role play Equivalent to 1000 words 25%
Negotiation written exercise 1500 words 35%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


ENV405C(A) - Research project part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christian Kull

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The candidate undertakes individual research within a specified academic discipline, with supervision provided by a specialist in the research field. Research design and outcomes are presented in a thesis written to the conventions of the research discipline (and within Faculty Guidelines), and in a research seminar.

Objectives

By completing this subject the candidate will:

  1. Gain experience in conducting independent research.

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to formulate a research question, design a research project, and collect, analyse and interpret data appropriate to addressing the research question.

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to present research outcomes in a thesis appropriate to the relevant scientific discipline, and in a research seminar.

Contact hours

3 hour workshop/supervision per week


ENV405C(B) - Research project part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christian Kull

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ENV405C(A)

Objectives

By completing this subject the candidate will:

  1. Gain experience in conducting independent research.

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to formulate a research question, design a research project, and collect, analyse and interpret data appropriate to addressing the research question.

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to present research outcomes in a thesis appropriate to the relevant scientific discipline, and in a research seminar.

Assessment

Thesis (15000 words): 85%
Seminar (20 minutes): 15%

Contact hours

3 hour workshop/supervision per week


ENV414F - Ecological systems and management

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kale Sniderman

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad introduction to ecology for candidates with no prior ecological experience. It aims to integrate selected concepts in ecology, biology, biogeography and earth sciences that underpin present ecological thinking. The unit examines the developmental history and present status of selected biological components in Australia and other southern hemisphere landmasses. Models of ecological management, nature reserve design and the ecological influence of humans through increasing demands on resources, are also critically examined.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (1500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture per week


ENV415F - Law and the environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yet Bryant

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Structure of the Australian legal system, division of law; workings of the system; the courts and their work; environmental problems involving legislative control; town planning problems.

Assessment

Written (4000 words): 50%
Take-home examination: 50%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week


ENV416F - Introduction to economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Birendra Rai

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Scarcity and social coordination in economic systems. The concepts of demand, costs, and supply. Markets and price determination and the concept of market power. Interactions between the economy and the environment. Costs of market exchange as a barrier to coordination of natural resource use by market signals and incentives. Government planning as an alternative signalling and incentive system.

Assessment

Written assignment (1000 words): 20%
Essay (1250 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week


ENV423E - The conserver society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A social ecology perspective on the relations of humans with the biosphere that contribute to sustaining biodiversity. The unit is concerned with the challenge of re-establishing a humane society that lives within nature's bounds.

Assessment

Book reviews (1000 words)
Research report (2000 words)
Pracs (1000 words): 90%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week plus 2day/night field trip


ENV431E - Environmental psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Cock

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit draws on the experience of the first peoples of the world, the hunter-gatherers, particularly in Australia and America. It examines how their experience with nature can reveal the possibility of a mutually enriching relationship between western socialised humans and Gaia. The work of deep ecology, ecofeminism, creation spirituality and Jungian psychology is drawn on to explore different environments as a source of psychological insight and well-being. The unit also examines the effect on our psyche of the built environment.

Assessment

Research report (2000 words): 35%
Book review (500 words): 10%
A journal: 20%
Three practical reports (500 words each): 35%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week and 2 day field trip


ENV432E - Environment and health

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The interrelationships between environment and human physical and psychological well-being are explored, studying their role in the expression, causation and treatment of genetic, infectious and degenerative disease. The prevailing biomedical health paradigm is compared to ecological ones, across time and cultures, which extend current focus on human-centred, technological disease control to a view of health as a dynamic and harmonious equilibrium of all the elements and forces making up and surrounding a human being. Seminars and projects provide opportunities to apply these understandings to specific diseases and environmental factors of individual interest.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Short presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


ENV435E - Human evolution and environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Grindrod

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The evolution of humans in Africa from hominid precursors, to the genus Homo. The movement of humans out of Africa and subsequent world colonisation. Animal precursors to human behavioural traits. Archaeological evidence for the development of tool use and increasingly complex lifestyles. The ecology of pre-industrial people especially Homo sapiens. Case studies of the early arrival and sustained ecological influence of people in Australia and the Pacific region.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (2000 words): 40%

Contact hours

12 day intensive field based unit


ENV4372 - Strategic management for corporate environmental sustainability

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Edward Paul Lockhart

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Sustainability implies a disruptive change to the assumption base of most organization's business-as-usual strategic agenda. Students seeking to apply sustainability will need to have an understanding of the linkages between sustainability and strategic management, together with an understanding of the challenges associated with introducing a non-incremental idea into an organization. Consequently, this unit has three components. First, an introduction to the strategic management approaches as taught in most business schools. Second, the emerging approaches used in the strategic assessment of sustainability issues. Third, exploring the challenges associated with implementing a new idea.

Objectives

This unit seeks to address one question: "How will you introduce sustainability into the strategic management process of your organization?"

To answer this question, students will need to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of what constitutes strategy together with the generic models of, and approaches to, the strategic management process of organizations
  2. An understanding of how and where sustainability concepts may be integrated into an organization's strategic management process
  3. An understanding of the issues and obstacles associated with the successful introduction of disruptive concepts such as sustainability into an organization's strategic agenda.

Assessment

Written assignments (4000 words) and individual essays: 60%
Assignment/essay/case study(1500 words): 30%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


ENV437E - Corporate sustainability management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Corporate management for sustainable development is emerging as a core competency for business leaders. The ability to create value from, and mitigate risks associated with, sustainable development increasingly impacts markets, access to capital, company reputation and shareholder value. Managers who understand the need for a strategic approach to corporate sustainability management will perform across the 'triple bottom line' of environmental, social and financial performance to preserve value and create new business opportunities.

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of leading-edge thinking and practice in the highly dynamic field of corporate sustainability management.

  1. The ability to develop and communicate a business case for sustainability.

  1. Familiarity with the conceptual frameworks and practical tools to apply sustainability in an organisational setting.

Students will share in a participative and collaborative learning environment. Corporate case studies and business speakers will enhance the 'real-world' relevance of the subject material.

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (2700 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV537E


ENV441E - Sustainability measurement

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As the sustainability agenda deepens, the public and private sectors face growing demands for accountability. This unit extends upon ENV437E/537E and provides students with an overview of sustainability from an applied perspective, with a particular focus on effective measurement. Students examine i) how environmental and social performance interact with financial processes and measurement ii) steps, principles, tools and methodologies and their practical application when accounting for sustainability and its three capital stocks. This includes the how, what, when, where and why of measuring, monitoring, evaluating and reporting relevant sustainability related information.

Objectives

Upon completing this Unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding why effective measurement is critical in driving the sustainability agenda and support business cases,

  1. develop measurement strategies and indicators,

  1. select the most appropriate measurement tools for a given situation, and

  1. critical insight into how leading organisations are measuring sustainability.





Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (3000 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

One x 2 hour lecture per week


ENV444E - Directed project - corporate environmental management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chris Cocklin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A project proposal and specific project outputs for a company-based corporate environmental management issue. Students are equipped with additional professional skills to improve their effectiveness in the workplace.

Assessment

Project proposal (1000 words): 10%
A project write-up (4000 words): 65%
A reflective essay (2000 words): 25%


ENV445E - Energy, environment infrastructure

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

From a rudimentary introduction to the scientific framework of energy and the thinking behind analyses of social (ie. all anthropogenic) phenomena for their social constructions, the course offers a comprehensive insight into:

  1. environmental consequences of current energy use in the industrialised world and
  2. the material infrastructural underpinnings of that current energy use. Beyond this the course offers a critical understanding of
  3. consequences of industrialised society energy demands for social infrastructure ("social capital") and of
  4. opportunities to reduce these demands (and their environmental consequences) while enhancing social capital and flexibility.

Assessment

Two essay reports (1000 words each): 40%
Ten minute presentation: 10%
Essay report (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week and 2 hour equivalent excursions


ENV5020 - Perspectives on environment and sustainability

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ed Lockhart

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.

  1. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions',...).

  1. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.

  1. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.

  1. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.

  1. An in-depth understanding of the historical roots and current debates within one perspective.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4000 words)
Oral presentations: 20%

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week


ENV5030 - Environmental analysis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit equips students with understanding of basic tools for environmental analysis and decision making for sustainability and skills in their application. It will look at a range of techniques for attributing value to the environment including those based on economics e.g. cost benefit analysis, as well as tools for evaluating planning and policy decisions. These include environmental and social impact assessment, risk analysis, strategic and integrated assessment, life cycle analysis, state-of-environment reporting, modelling, auditing, monitoring and scenario building. Throughout, the dynamic interaction between scientists, policy makers and the broader community will be explored.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit at level 4 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a capacity to describe and understand a variety of methods used to value the environment.

  1. understanding of the complexity of analysing and presenting data to form the basis of decisions about the environment.

  1. understanding and critical evaluation of the development and operation of the Environmental Impact Assessment process both nationally and internationally

  1. understanding of the economic approach to attributing environmental value

  1. skills in applying a range of techniques to real world situations

  1. students will demonstrate a capacity to evaluate the comparative usefulness of various tools for analysis

Assessment

Written work (inc. practical exercises
field report): 80% (4000 words)
Group oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV422E or ENV522E Environmental Assessment


ENV5040 - Frontiers in sustainability and environment

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nigel Tapper

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Drawing on environmental expertise from inside and outside the university, this unit provides students with a fundamental technical understanding of a range of contemporary and emerging environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, global warming, waste management, genetic engineering, water scarcity and management, and urban and rural sustainability. Throughout, the coordinator will ensure that social concepts and frameworks of sustainability are woven into a more comprehensive technical understanding of the environmental issues. The unit also considers responses proposed and/or implemented to address the various environmental issues.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A fundamental understanding of the scientific basis of a range of key environmental issues.

  1. The ability to recognize that scientific understanding of major environmental issues is not complete, and that there are a range of scientific perspectives that can be brought to bear on any particular environmental issue.

  1. The ability to apply social concepts and frameworks of sustainability to key environmental issues.

  1. An awareness of the responses proposed and/or implemented in response to key environmental issues.

  1. A capacity to construct critical and analytical argument in oral and written form, relevant to discussion of major environmental issues.

  1. An in-depth understanding of cutting edge science for one key environmental issue.

Assessment

Reading commentaries 1000 words 25%
Oral presentation (debate participation) Equivalent to 500 words 25%
Research essay 3000 words 50%

Contact hours

Two, two-day intensive class sessions held in weeks 3 and 5


ENV5050 - Environmental governance and citizenship

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Megan Farrelly

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the social and institutional frameworks for sustainability management, considering the relative merits of "top-down" and "bottom-up" approaches. The role, structure and processes of government in relation to the sustainability agenda will be outlined. The unit will review command-and-control regulation, the use of market mechanisms and citizen empowerment. The role of environmental law will be considered, as well as processes for community participation in planning and policy making, negotiation and advocacy. The evolving nature of participation (actors/processes/structures) in environmental governance will be explored.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the role of government in relation to the environment and sustainability.

  1. An understanding of the role of civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability

  1. An understanding of the role of law in the regulation of the environment.

  1. Familiarity with the principles and practice of citizen advocacy.

  1. Skills in environmental negotiation and mediation.

  1. An appreciation of the theoretical understandings of the shift from government to governance in respect of sustainability.

Assessment

Essay 2000 words 40%
Role play Equivalent to 1000 words 25%
Negotiation written exercise 1500 words 35%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


ENV514F - Ecological systems and management

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kale Sniderman

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Unit content as for ENV414F. Students will also be required to demonstrate through their written assessments a capacity to integrate field-based ecological research with a current management issue, and to make specific management recommendations for nature conservation based on ecological research findings.

Objectives

Unit content as for ENV414F

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (1500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


ENV515F - Law and the environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yet Bryant

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Structure of the Australian legal system, division of law; workings of the system, the courts and their work; environmental problems involving legislative control; town planning problems.

Assessment

Written (4000 words): 50%
Take-home examination: 50%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture per week


ENV516F - Introduction to economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Birendra Rai

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Scarcity and social coordination in economic systems. The concepts of demand, costs and supply. Markets and price determination and the concept of market power. Interactions between the economy and the environment. Costs of market exchange as a barrier to coordination of natural resources use by the market signals and incentives. Government planning as an alternative signalling and incentive system. Use of economics to analyse environmental problems.

Assessment

Written assignment (1000 words): 20%
Essay (1250 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture per week


ENV520E - Environmental economics and policy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Edwyna Harris

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Application of microeconomic theory to environmental problems; the relationship between economy and the environment; sustainable development; national accounting and the environment. Limitations of market and government coordination of natural resourse use. Valuation of unpriced environmental goods and cost-benefit analysis of evironmental changes. Policy options for solid wastes and recycling, local and global pollution problems, protection of biodiversity, management of stocks of fish and other 'commons' resources.

Assessment

Written assignment (1250 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 30%
Take-home examination (2500 words): 45%

Contact hours

3 hour lecture per week


ENV521E - Coastal environments

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jim Peterson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENV421E.

Assessment

As for ENV421E.


ENV523E - The conserver society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As per ENV423E

Objectives

As per ENV423E

Assessment

Book reviews (1000 words)
Research report: (2000 words)
Pracs (1000 words): Total written 90%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week plus 2 day/night field trip


ENV531E - Environmental psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Cock

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENV431E

Objectives

As for ENV431E

Assessment

Written: 90%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week and a 2 day field trip


ENV532E - Environment and health

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENV432E

Objectives

As for ENV432E

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Short presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


ENV533E - Environmental internship

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The internship offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through their previous study. Under supervision of a member of Monash staff the student will undertake and report on practical and analytical work within the practical context of a business or other organisation outside Monash University (government department, or non-government organisation).

Objectives

On successful completion of the internship students will have:

  1. gained experience in a project which is of direct benefit to the environmental interests of a client organization outside of Monash University,
  2. developed skills in project formulation, implementation, analysis and communication
  3. enhanced their capacity to evaluate environmental policy and project work
  4. improved their ability for self-evaluation in the context of environmental engagement.

Assessment

Internship Journal (1000 words ) : 15%
Report (8000 words ) : 85%

Contact hours

One 2 hour workshop in week 1 of the semester. Subsequent hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation.

Prerequisites

ENV4020, ENV4030 and ENV4040

Prohibitions

ENV538C


ENV537E - Corporate sustainability management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As for ENV437E

Objectives

As for ENV437E

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (2700 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV437E


ENV541E - Sustainability measurement

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As for ENV441E

Objectives

As for ENV441E

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (3000 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

One x 2 hour lecture per week


ENV545E - Energy, environment infrastructure

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENV445E

Objectives

As for ENV445E

Assessment

Two essay reports (1000 words each): 40%
Ten minute presentation: 10%
Essay report (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week and 2 hour equivalent excursions


EUM4010 - European Union: History, debates, politics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process;
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union;
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance;
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

EUM5010, EUR2110, EUR3110


EUM4020 - Religion and secularism in the quest for European integration

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the importance of religion in the conceptualization and enacting of European Integration from an historical perspective. It examines how developments in belief and religious practice have affected culture and politics, and how historical trajectories have shaped visions and possibilities of a united Europe. Themes include: the formation and fragmentation of Christendom - the formation of Europe; Christianities and National Identities; the Secularisation of Europe; the role, within and without, of Judaism and Islam; the religious roots of notions of 'the common good', human rights, and their impact on European charters; de-secularisation of European politics.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of European religion(s) in historical and contemporary contexts, including issues of secularization and de-secularization;
  2. a critical understanding of the history of discourses, especially in 20th century, envisioning a united Europe based on the (supposed) commonality of its religious culture;
  3. a developed understanding of the relevance, diversity and importance of religion in the development of Europe (Christianity, Judaism and Islam), and how developments in belief and religious practice have affected politics and the machinery of state;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

a critical review of a work of interpretation or conceptualisation relevant to a seminar theme and the student's research essay, given first as a seminar presentation (10%), and then revised into a written review paper in light of seminar group comments and a written assessment by the coordinator (20%) (2000 words) : 30%
research essay devised and developed by the student (5000 words) : 50%
reflective response to a set question, in a take-home examination (2000 words) : 20%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

The requirements of entry into the relevant Masters or honours program, or with permission.

Prohibitions

EUR4020, EUM5020


EUM4130 - Comparative regionalism

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit will explore regional economic, political and security cooperation and integration in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa, with a special focus on Asia (ASEAN, ARF, SAARC) and Europe (European Union, Council of Europe, EFTA, OSCE). It will also investigate inter-regional arrangements such as ASEM and APEC. Regional processes will be analysed comparatively, using an interdisciplinary, historically grounded perspective. Students will be exposed to the major theories of regionalism. They will study the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements both in Europe and in the world, including with Australasia.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the major political, legal and economic theories of regional integration and regionalism and their relevance to different regional arrangements in the world;
  2. an informed appreciation of the similarities and differences among regional arrangements in legal, political and economic terms;
  3. an understanding of their impact upon various levels of governance (local, national, regional, global);
  4. an appreciation of the evolution of regional arrangements in different parts of the world, including in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa since 1945, with an emphasis on the post-Cold War period;
  5. an understanding of the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements in Europe and in the world, including the Council of Europe, EFTA (European Free Trade Association), NATO, the OSCE (Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe), ASEAN (Association of South East Asian Nations) and the ARF (ASEAN Regional Forum), SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Co-operation), the ACP Group (African, Caribbean and Pacific Group), SADC (Southern African Development Community), AU (African Union), ECOWAS (Economic Community of West African States), the Gulf Cooperation Council, Mercosur (Southern Common Market) and the Andean Community;
  6. an understanding of the roles of the US, the EU and other regions or countries (particularly in Asia and in Australasia) in promoting interregional arrangements such as ASEM (Asia-Europe Meeting) and APEC (Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation);
  7. an understanding of the significance of regional cooperation and integration for Australia and its relations with particular regions;
  8. a capacity to identify the factors assisting and impeding regional cooperation or integration;
  9. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  10. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument bases upon these assessments;
  11. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  12. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

26 hours per semester offered in block mode


Prohibitions

EUM5130


EUM4140 - Business, civil society and lobbying in the European Union

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. a knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. an understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. an understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode


Prohibitions

EUM5140


EUM4160 - The European Union and the world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations;
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs;
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs;
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations;
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions;
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations;
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials;

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

EUM5160


EUM4230 - Research paper in European and international studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives
EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM4940 - European Union study in region part A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution

Prerequisites

EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM4950 - European Union study in region part B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution

Prerequisites

EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM4960 - Intensive European Union study in Italy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre, the unit will allow students to benefit from European teaching and research experience in European Union studies. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Law, or Business and Economics, students will pursue autonomous research on specialized policy, economic, legal, political or cultural aspects of the EU and attend lectures and seminars given by highly qualified postdoctoral fellows and established specialists from the European University Institute in Florence in Economics, Law, Social and Political Science and Contemporary History.

Objectives

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the EU's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council of Ministers, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency).
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Written work (inc.Seminar presentation): 80%
Take home exam: 20%

Contact hours

3 weeks

Prerequisites

Core units of master

Prohibitions

EUM5960


EUM4970 - European Union internship in Brussels

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand, Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Known as the "Capital of Europe", Brussels is home to many European Union institutions and NGOs, and to the corporate headquarters of many multi-national firms. Students will complete an internship in this international city under academic and professional supervision. They will work in EU institutions or in Brussels-based multi-national firms, European industry associations, international organizations, NGOs and political consultancies, think tanks and law firms. This will be an opportunity to gain first-hand, practical knowledge of the European Union in law, politics, business, finance and to practice European languages including French and Dutch.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have

  1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies;
  2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies;
  3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment;
  4. developed organizational and time management skills;
  5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages;
  6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines;
  7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports;
  8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union.

Assessment

Written work (an internship journal and internship report - 9000 words): 80%
Oral presentation (given within 2 weeks of the students return to Australia): 20%

Contact hours

12 points: Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of one semester spent in an internship in Brussels. Equivalent of 24 hours per week contact and private study.

Prerequisites

Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or with coordinator's approval.

Prohibitions

EUM5970


EUM5010 - European Union: History, debates, politics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process;
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union;
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance;
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

EUM4010, EUR2110, EUR3110


EUM5020 - Religion and secularism in the quest for European integration

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the importance of religion in the conceptualization and enacting of European Integration from an historical perspective. It examines how developments in belief and religious practice have affected culture and politics, and how historical trajectories have shaped visions and possibilities of a united Europe. Themes include: the formation and fragmentation of Christendom - the formation of Europe; Christianities and National Identities; the Secularisation of Europe; the role, within and without, of Judaism and Islam; the religious roots of notions of 'the common good', human rights, and their impact on European charters; de-secularisation of European politics.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of European religion(s) in historical and contemporary contexts, including issues of secularization and de-secularization;
  2. a critical understanding of the history of discourses, especially in the 20th century, envisioning a united Europe based on the (supposed) commonality of its religious culture;
  3. a developed understanding of the relevance, diversity and importance of religion in the development of Europe (Christianity, Judaism and Islam), and how developments in belief and religious practice have affected politics and the machinery of state;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.
  8. (at Level 5) the acquisition of a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing key the role of religion and secularism in the development of European unity from an historical perspective.

Assessment

a critical review of a work of interpretation or conceptualisation relevant to a seminar theme and the student's research essay, given first as a seminar presentation (10%), and then revised into a written review paper in light of seminar group comments and a written assessment by the coordinator (20%) (2000 words) : 30%
research essay devised and developed by the student (5000 words) : 50%
reflective response to a set question, in a take-home examination (2000 words) : 20%
Level 5 students will be required to engage more deeply with the theoretical, methodological and historical issues involved in each assessment task.

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Satisfactory progress in Level 4 units

Prohibitions

EUR4020, EUM4020


EUM5130 - Comparative regionalism

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit will explore regional economic, political and security cooperation and integration in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa, with a special focus on Asia (ASEAN, ARF, SAARC) and Europe (European Union, Council of Europe, EFTA, OSCE). It will also investigate inter-regional arrangements such as ASEM and APEC. Regional processes will be analysed comparatively, using an interdisciplinary, historically grounded perspective. Students will be exposed to the major theories of regionalism. They will study the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements both in Europe and in the world, including with Australasia.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the major political, legal and economic theories of regional integration and regionalism and their relevance to different regional arrangements in the world;
  2. an informed appreciation of the similarities and differences among regional arrangements in legal, political and economic terms;
  3. an understanding of their impact on upon various levels of governance (local, national, regional, global);
  4. an appreciation of the evolution of regional arrangements in different parts of the world, including in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa since 1945, with an emphasis on the post-Cold War period;
  5. an understanding of the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements in Europe and in the world, including the Council of Europe, EFTA (European Free Trade Association), NATO, the OSCE (Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe), ASEAN (Association of South East Asian Nations) and the ARF (ASEAN Regional Forum), SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Co-operation), the ACP Group (African, Caribbean and Pacific Group), SADC (Southern African Development Community), AU (African Union), ECOWAS (Economic Community of West African States), the Gulf Cooperation Council, Mercosur (Southern Common Market) and the Andean Community;
  6. an understanding of the roles of the US, the EU and other regions or countries (particularly in Asia and in Australasia) in promoting interregional arrangements such as ASEM (Asia-Europe Meeting) and APEC (Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation);
  7. an understanding of the significance of regional cooperation and integration for Australia and its relations with particular regions;
  8. a capacity to identify the factors assisting and impeding regional cooperation or integration;
  9. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  10. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument bases upon these assessments;
  11. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  12. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.
  13. Students completing the unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing regional integration and regionalism.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

26 hours per semester offered in block mode


Prohibitions

EUM4130


EUM5140 - Business, civil society and lobbying in the European Union

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. a knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. an understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. an understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.
Students completing the unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:
  1. the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the world significance of the process of European integration.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode


Prohibitions

EUM4140


EUM5160 - The European Union and the world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations;
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs;
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs;
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations;
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions;
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations;
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials;
  11. Students completing this unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the role of the EU on the international scene.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

EUM4160


EUM5200 - Research in European and international studies

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (18000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives


EUM5200A - Research in European and international studies A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.
This unit is to be taken in conjunction with, or semester prior to, EUR5200B to total 24 points.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (18000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives
EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World

Co-requisites

EUM5200B


EUM5200B - Research in European and international studies B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.
This unit is to be taken in conjunction with, or semester following, EUR5200A to total 24 points.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (18000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives
EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World

Co-requisites

EUM5200A


EUM5230 - Research paper in European and international studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives
EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM5940 - European Union study in region part A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution

Prerequisites

EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM5950 - European Union study in region part B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution

Prerequisites

EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM5960 - Intensive European Union study in Italy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre, the unit will allow students to benefit from European teaching and research experience in EU studies. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Law or Business and Economics, they will pursue autonomous research on specialized policy, economic, legal, political or cultural aspects of the EU. Students will also attend lectures and seminars in economics, law, social and political science or contemporary history. They will be given by highly qualified postdoctoral fellows and established specialists from the European University Institute in Florence and from other European universities with which Monash has international agreements.

Objectives

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the EU's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council of Ministers, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency).
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Written work (inc.Seminar presentation): 80%
Take home exam: 20%

Contact hours

3 weeks

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two hours of preparatory lecture at Caulfield campus, 32 hours of lectures and seminars in Prato over two and a half weeks, plus 24 hours private study. Also, one hour of individual consultation with the unit coordinator upon return to Australia.

Prerequisites

Core units of master

Prohibitions

EUM4960


EUM5970 - European Union internship in Brussels

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand, Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Known as the "Capital of Europe", Brussels is home to many European Union institutions and NGOs, and to the corporate headquarters of many multi-national firms. Students will complete an internship in this international city under academic and professional supervision. They will work in EU institutions or in Brussels-based multi-national firms, European industry associations, international organizations, NGOs and political consultancies, think tanks and law firms. This will be an opportunity to gain first-hand, practical knowledge of the European Union in law, politics, business, finance and to practice European languages including French and Dutch.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have

  1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies;
  2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies;
  3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment;
  4. developed organizational and time management skills;
  5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages;
  6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines;
  7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports;
  8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union.

Assessment

Written work: An internship journal and Internship Report (9000 words): 80%
Oral presentation: (20%) - Given within 2 weeks of the students return to Australia

Contact hours

12 points: Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of one semester spent in an internship in Brussels. Equivalent of 24 hours per week contact and private study.

Prerequisites

Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or with coordinator's approval.

Prohibitions

EUM4970


FNM4920 - Directed reading in French studies 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a topic of his or her choice in consultation with the unit coordinator and/or the chosen discipline's coordinator. Students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature. Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. Develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. Develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project(equivalent of 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent of 3000 words): 30%

Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Off-campus attendance requirements

On campus only.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.


FNM4930 - Directed reading in French studies 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit complements FNM4920/FNM5920 Reading in French Studies 1. It aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate an additional field inquiry relevant to their chose topic of research. In consultation wit the unit coordinator and the chosen discipline's coordinator, students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature.

Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project (equivalent to 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent to 3000 words): 30%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.

Co-requisites

FNM4930/FNM5930 Directed Reading in French studies 2 can also be taken concurrently with FNM4920/FNM5920 Directed Reading in French studies 1.


FNM5920 - Directed reading in French studies 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a topic of his or her choice in consultation with the unit coordinator and/or the chosen discipline's coordinator. Students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature. Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. Develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. Develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project(equivalent of 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent of 3000 words): 30%

Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Off-campus attendance requirements

On campus only.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.


FNM5930 - Directed reading in French studies 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit complements Reading in French Studies 1. It aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate an additional field inquiry relevant to their chose topic of research. In consultation wit the unit coordinator andr the chosen discipline's coordinator, students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature.

Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project (equivalent to 6000words): 70%
Seminar activities(equivalent to 3000 words): 30%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.

Co-requisites

FNM4930/5930 Directed Reading in French studies II can also be taken concurrently with FNM4920/5920 Directed Reading in French studies I.


FTM4042 - Historical film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Objectives

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory;
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry;
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies;
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV4042 / FTM5042


FTM4052 - Contemporary film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Con Verevis

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas

Objectives

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory.
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry.
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies.
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV4052 / FTM5052


FTM4110 - New research methods in film and television studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will provide a series of approaches to weekly audio-visual texts to subsequently enable students to focus on particular film and television studies research topics with a view to enabling the formation of extended research based projects. This topic-based unit will focus on both practical (including archival, library and web-based methods) as well as theoretical research methods (historical, realist, experimental, structuralist, post-structural, postcolonial).

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of the methodologies available to Film and Television studies research projects and their application;
  2. an understanding of a range of theoretical approaches to textual criticism;
  3. a knowledge of the practical approaches to textual criticism;
  4. an understanding of a range of contemporary theoretical and critical approaches to film and television studies;
  5. a knowledge of the issues of digital media media that facilitate film and television studies research;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTM5110


FTM4120 - Research essay in film and television studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Hanan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The research essay offers students an opportunity to initiate and explore research processes in film and television studies under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research essay during the second half of the previous semester, in consultation with the postgraduate coordinator. The research essay needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

A fortnightly one hour meeting with the supervisor

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline Completion of 2 units in the MA by Coursework in Film and Television Studies

Prohibitions

FTM5120,FTM5100


FTM4220 - Experimental screen culture

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Adrian Martin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit approaches experimentation in screen culture (including cinema, video, TV and digital) not as an activity that is "marginal", but absolutely central to the formation, development and critical questioning of all screen/media practice. The unit tracks major modes in screen practice ie storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations, the audiovisual "essay" back to historic and ongoing experiments with the essential elements of screen language. Works studied will include examples from the entire history of international screen culture; and a practical production element will be included so that students can discover the living process of experimentation for themselves.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical formation, development and critical appraisal of audio-visual experimentation;
  2. a critical understanding of the formal, social and political functions of experimentation in screen media;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms experimental screen culture criticism on an international scale;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of experimentation relates to notions of storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations and the audiovisual "essay".
  5. an ability to engage with written and audio-visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  7. An ability to understand the practical implications (Digital Video) for experimentation in audio-visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Practical production exercise: 20% (1500 words)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Major in Film and Television Studies or approved discipline


FTM4230 - Critical studies in television

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Therese Davis

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Television has had a profound impact on human sense perception, resulting in radical changes to our experience of space and time This unit investigates a range of theories and critical approaches that have been developed to help us understand the complex relationship between television - as form, technique and technology - and contemporary forms of experience, such as distraction, despatialisation, boredom and compassion fatigue. It identifies questions of memory and history as key issues in the debates that have emerged around these changes to experience. Investigation of this topic is grounded in close analysis of a diverse group of contemporary TV programs and local and global TV events.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: 1) a good knowledge of the main theories and critical approaches to the relationship between television and experience developed in the past 15 years; 2) an in-depth understanding of the relationship between television and contemporary forms of experience as they relate to issues of memory and history; 3) an ability to apply relevant theories and critical approaches in close analysis of specific forms of television; 4) a high level of ability in engaging with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation; 5) development of research skills in data collection. An additional objective for fifth-year students is: 6) a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of television studies, specifically at it applies to questions of memory and history.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Participation and paper: 20%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline


FTM5042 - Historical film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Objectives

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory;
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry;
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies;
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV4042 / FTM4042


FTM5052 - Contemporary film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Con Verevis

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas

Objectives

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory.
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry.
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies.
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

Two units at 2nd year level in Film and Television Studies, or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV4052 / FTM4052


FTM5100 - Research project in film And television studies

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Hanan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The research project offers scope for students to explore research processes in film and television studies on a scale greater than that offered by the Research Essay. Research on a topic nominated by the student and approved by the Postgraduate Coordinator in Film and Television Studies is carried out under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research project, and seek approval for it, during the second half of the previous semester. The 18000 word research project needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument in the form of a series of chapters with a theoretical/methodological framework outlined at the beginning, and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic at the end.

Assessment

Thesis or project report (18000 words): 100%

Contact hours

A weekly one hour meeting with the supervisor during one semester.

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points in the MA by Course Work in Film and Television Studies.

Prohibitions

FTM4120,FTM5120


FTM5110 - New research methods in film and television studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will provide a series of approaches to weekly audio-visual texts to subsequently enable students to focus on particular film and television studies research topics with a view to enabling the formation of extended research based projects. This topic-based unit will focus on both practical (including archival, library and web-based methods) as well as theoretical research methods (historical, realist, experimental, structuralist, post-structural, postcolonial).

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of the methodologies available to Film and Television studies research projects and their application;
  2. an understanding of a range of theoretical approaches to textual criticism;
  3. a knowledge of the practical approaches to textual criticism;
  4. an understanding of a range of contemporary theoretical and critical approaches to film and television studies;
  5. a knowledge of the issues of digital media media that facilitate film and television studies research;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTM4110


FTM5120 - Research essay in film And television studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Hanan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The research essay offers students an opportunity to initiate and explore research processes in film and television studies under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research essay during the second half of the previous semester, in consultation with the postgraduate coordinator. The research essay needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

A fortnightly one hour meeting with the supervisor

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline Completion of 2 units in the MA by Coursework in Film and Television Studies

Prohibitions

FTM4120,FTM5100


FTM5220 - Experimental screen culture

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit approaches experimentation in screen culture (including cinema, video, TV and digital) not as an activity that is "marginal", but absolutely central to the formation, development and critical questioning of all screen/media practice. The unit tracks major modes in screen practice ie storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations, the audiovisual "essay" back to historic and ongoing experiments with the essential elements of screen language. Works studied will include examples from the entire history of international screen culture; and a practical production element will be included so that students can discover the living process of experimentation for themselves.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical formation, development and critical appraisal of audio-visual experimentation;
  2. a critical understanding of the formal, social and political functions of experimentation in screen media;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms experimental screen culture criticism on an international scale;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of experimentation relates to notions of storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations and the audiovisual "essay".
  5. an ability to engage with written and audio-visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  7. An ability to understand the practical implications (Digital Video) for experimentation in audio-visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Practical production exercise: 20% (1500 words)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


FTM5230 - Critical studies in television

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Therese Davis

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Television has had a profound impact on human sense perception, resulting in radical changes to our experience of space and time This unit investigates a range of theories and critical approaches that have been developed to help us understand the complex relationship between television - as form, technique and technology - and contemporary forms of experience, such as distraction, despatialisation, boredom and compassion fatigue. It identifies questions of memory and history as key issues in the debates that have emerged around these changes to experience. Investigation of this topic is grounded in close analysis of a diverse group of contemporary TV programs and local and global TV events.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Participation and paper: 20%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

At 4th year honours level: a BA degree with a major in Film and Television Studies or cognate discipline with average grades of 70% or better in this major
At MA level: Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline


FTM5310 - Australian film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will provide a map of the local and international flows of Australian film theory and criticism. By tracing key critical positions, personnel and institutions this unit will provide an understanding of the particularity of Australian film theory and criticism. The unit will not only interrogate the origins and evolution of Australian film theory (in film criticism and film history) but also examine its relationship to adjacent disciplines and institutions, and analyse its implications for establishing new directions of inquiry for film studies in Australia.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical development of film theories that have had international influence;
  2. a critical understanding of the social, political and institutional influences on the formation of Australian film theory and criticism;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with a variety of forms of theory and criticism as it emerges from the local;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of criticism relates to theories of nation and genre and to other notions of postcolonialism, postmodernism, the avant-garde, popular culture and globalisation;
  5. an understanding of the functions of theory and criticism in the Australian setting;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  7. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


FTM5320 - Reframing authors and genres

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Con Verevis

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit traces the development of theories of authorship and genre in film & television. The study of authorship and genre involves a variety of historical, industrial and critical assumptions. This unit examines how notions of genre and authorship develop in the post-WWII period and how these concepts persist in contemporary debates in film & television as broad discursive practices. In this mapping, film & television genre and authorship are understood as part of an interdependent relationship of production, text and reception. This investigation of genres and authorship will be conducted through a range of historical and contemporary film & television examples, local and international.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical development of theories of authorship and genre in film and television;
  2. a critical understanding of the social and political functions of contemporary film and television authorship and genre;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms of authorship and genre analysis in film and television;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of intertextuality relates to theories of authorship and genre and to other notions of repetition and remaking in film, television and other media;
  5. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


FTM5330 - Film festivals and internship

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides a unique opportunity for students to be imbedded in a Film Festival, screening program or museum. After an initial seminar program where they will be familiarised with all aspects of film festival operations including their history and cultural imperatives, students will then become part of a film festival apparatus including attendance of as much as is possible of the screening, seminar, lecture and information components of an international festival often in an overseas country. As part of this placement, students will be assigned a critic as chaperone and be required to make regular web-postings including reports, reviews and opinion pieces.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained valuable hands-on experience of the normal professional activities and issues involved in the running of a film festival or screening program;
  2. developed a conceptual understanding of the aims and modus operandi of the festival or institution in which they served their internship, and of film culture institutions or audio-visual museum more generally;
  3. learnt how to apply theoretical and critical skills to practical tasks in running of the festival/ museum/ institution; learnt and practised methods of criticism customarily undertaken in film festivals, screening programs and cultural institutions;
  4. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  5. developed an ability for intuitive critical appraisals of audio-visual work based on methodologies obtained from film and television studies postgraduate coursework

Assessment

Placement: 50%; Report: 30%; Seminar presentation: 20%

Contact hours

Four 2-hour seminars, one placement, one seminar

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


GES4890 - Earth system interactions: From biogeochemical cycles to global change

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jason Beringer

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will deal with the interactions and feedbacks amongst the Earth's different subsystems - the atmosphere, ocean, mantle and crust, cryosphere, and biological systems. The unit will examine the dynamics of the earth by identifying the major driving processes and responses of the biosphere to energy, water and biogeochemical cycles in the earth system together with the characteristic spatial and temporal scales over which they occur. These processes and cycles will be viewed from two different timescales: firstly, thousands to millions of years and secondly, decades to centuries.

Objectives

The unit aims to provide specific knowledge and understanding of climate, biology and geology and their role in current global process and the feedbacks and interactions that exist between them. This will engage students by providing them with relevant information that can be applied to global environmental problems. The unit also aims to provide contemporary and innovative ideas and research in the context of global change. The unit aims to develop synthetic capabilities in students through enquiry and integrative research as well as engaging teaching methods. The unit also aims to promote oral and other communications skills. Finally, students should develop teamwork skills through group based research projects.

Assessment

Oral seminar or debate presentation: 25%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Research study report (2500 words): 35%
Students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for critical analysis in the research study report.

Contact hours

Three hours per week (2 one-hour lectures per week (weeks 1-10), 3 hours seminars per week (weeks 11-12), 5 fortnightly research based activities (2 hours each)).

Prerequisites

Second year physical geography, earth science, atmospheric science, biology or by permission

Prohibitions

GES3890 and ATM3261


GLM4000 - Globalising research methods

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will engage with two connected questions:

  1. How can we research the phenomenon of globalisation;
  2. How has globalisation impacted upon research methods in the social sciences and humanities? The unit will look at both quantitative and qualitative research methodologies, combined forms such as historical-comparative, and theoretical frameworks (e.g. post-colonialism), to understand how each of these might be applied to understand the multi-dimensional nature of the impacts of "globalisation". It will also consider how the work and approach of researchers has been changed by the forms of evidence and the trans-national contexts that exist in the modern "globalising" world.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have a well-developed understanding of major qualitative and quantitative research methodologies and theories.
  2. Be able to determine which approaches, from a range of different research methodologies, may be appropriate for the study of specific social science or humanities research questions regarding globalisation.
  3. Understand how globalising trends and developments such as in communication technologies have changed the texts and materials available for research, and the approaches required from researchers.
  4. Have highly developed skills in web-based study forms.
  5. Have high level inquiry, collaborative learning and presentation abilities.
  6. Be able to undertake a theoretically and methodologically informed research project on an aspect of globalisation.

Assessment

Group online presentation (2000 words): 20%
Individual online presentation (2000 words): 20%
Online tutorial contributions (2000 words): 20%
Research project proposal (3000 words): 40%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Weekly one to two hour asynchronous tutorial

Prerequisites

At least two core M.Global units or equivalent

Prohibitions

GLO4000


GLM5000 - Global research project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Building upon GLO4000/GLM4000 Globalising research methods, this unit will allow students to complete a single longer piece of research on a topic of interest to them in the area of globalisation. Students will utilise the project proposal previously developed in GLO4000/GLM4000 and complete a short dissertation of approximately 9,000 words. Bi-weekly discussion groups will focus on the work being done by students towards their dissertation, and later in the semester will feature presentations of work-in-progress. These seminars will provide practical help and guidance to students on their thesis writing. The students will also receive individual supervision on their specific topic.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.
  2. The ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff.
  3. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.
  4. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Dissertation (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Bi-weekly one to two hour seminar.

Prerequisites

GLO4000 or GLM4000


GLM5001 - Global workplace project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Building upon knowledge and skills developed in earlier parts of the Master of Global Studies course, students in this unit will undertake workplace-based research on how globalisation is impacting upon, or providing opportunities for, the professional area in which they are employed, and also how what they are doing at work might be promoting the process of globalisation itself. Bi-weekly discussion groups will focus on the work being done by students towards their reports, and later in the semester will feature presentations of work-in-progress. These seminars will provide practical help and guidance to students on their report preparation and writing.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.
  2. The ability to plan, implement and independently complete a workplace- based research report.
  3. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.
  4. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and practical recommendations.

Assessment

Workplace-based research work (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Bi-weekly one to two hour seminar.

Prerequisites

At least three Master of Global Studies core units or equivalent.


GNM4070 - German studies 7

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for GRN4070

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%


GNM4080 - German studies 8

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for GRN4080

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%


GNM4090 - German studies 9

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%


GNM4100 - German studies 10

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%


GNM4165 - Language and society: Sociolinguistics from a German language perspective

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A sociolinguistic perspective on the German language. Issues include language and society, politics and education. The role of the German language in a socioculturally and politically changed Europe, with particular reference to questions of language and national identity, pluricentricity and diglossia, the German language and German unity, migrant German and foreigner German, and the national and international status of the German language.

Assessment

Written (3000 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

An advanced German Studies core unit.


GNM4166 - German language and society: Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit will explore the German language as a productive area of investigation from a sociolinguistic perspective. This subject will also go beyond the broader issues of language and society, politics and education and take an applied, practical research approach to the new role of the German language in a politically and socioculturally changed Europe. Recent developments pertaining to issues such as language and national identity, pluricentricity, migrant German and the national and international status of German will be explored.

Assessment

Archival work and library exercise (1000 words): 10%
Data collection exercise (1200 words): 15%
Data analysis (1200 words): 15%
Class paper (600 words): 15%
Research essay (5000 words): 45%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x lecture and 2 x seminars) per week

Prerequisites

GNM4165

Co-requisites

At least one of German Level 4 core units GNM4265, GNM4275, GNM4355, GNM4385.


GNM4275 - Critics of civilisation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit deals with major contributions to a central debate within German cultural and intellectual life concerning the value and status of mainstream German and Western cultural traditions. Reading the 'cultural critics' from Heine to Adorno opens up a key and controversial dimension to German intellectual history.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed an understanding of Heine's view of German intellectual history, Marx's interpretation of history, Nietzsche's critique of Western culture and morality, Freud's theory of civilisation and Horkheimer and Adorno's of Western popular culture; formed a critical understanding of the texts studied through close reading; and grasped the premises and implications of the theories and critiques presented by the texts.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (3500 words)
Exam: 25%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


GNM4355 - Research project in German studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will develop, in consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project in an aspect of German Studies: German literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students will produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (such as historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and formulate a thesis. The dissertation will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in German.

Assessment

Written thesis (9000 words): 100%
The dissertation can be written either in German or in English.

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

Prohibitions

GNM4365


GNM4365 - Research project in German studies (2)

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Heinz Kreutz

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project is developed in an aspect of German Studies: German literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (eg. historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and formulate a thesis. The dissertation (written either in German or English) will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in German.

Assessment

Written thesis (12,000-15,000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

Prohibitions

GNM4355


GNM4365A - Research project in German studies (2) - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


GNM4365B - Research project in German studies (2) - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


GNM4375 - Special reading course

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A study in depth of a particular topic in German literature or in German linguistics.

Assessment

2 essays (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


GNM4385 - Age of Goethe

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit offers a comprehensive account of literary and cultural life in Germany during the age of Goethe; the "golden age" of German culture and the formative epoch in literature, music and philosophy. Centrally important texts are read for their contribution to this era and as representative examples of the various movements and developments which make it up.

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 70%
Exam: 30%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 1, part 2 or above; or equivalent


GYM4260 - Cultural landscape, environment and sustainability in Italy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nigel Tapper and Rebekah Brown

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This field-based unit is taught on location in the National Park/World Heritage Area of Cinque Terre on the Italian Riviera. Identified by UNESCO as an environment and cultural landscape worth preserving, the region is under immense pressure due to rural depopulation, abandonment of agricultural lands, landscape instability, and burgeoning tourism. Problems of integrating tourism and agricultural objectives, while minimising negative environmental and cultural impacts, will be explored and possible solutions for regional sustainability proposed. The unit provides unique opportunities for interaction with staff of the National Park and various local and national authorities.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the range of complex environmental, social and economic interrelationships that shape a particular region and to be able to differentiate a "cultural" landscape from a "natural" landscape.

  1. Understand the criteria and processes that lead to the designation of a World Heritage Area and to be able to identify, describe and interpret problems of sustainability in the context of a region of truly global significance.

  1. Have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution using field-based techniques of survey and analysis, along with appropriate presentation skills.

  1. (In the case of Level 4 students) have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation, appraisal, budgeting and implementation strategies.





Assessment

Field-study journal 1,500 words 35%
Group oral presentation 20 min 20%
Essay (Level 3) or Project Report (Level 4) 2,500 words 45%

Contact hours

8 day intensive, involving lectures/seminars, tutorials and field work

Prerequisites

18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, European Studies, Tourism or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES.


GYM4330 - Field studies in regional sustainability

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Priya Rangan and Christain Kull

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit explores the concepts of regional development and sustainability, and draws attention to the practical constraints and issues associated with translating such concepts into regional policy and practice. Field-study takes place in South Africa and includes focus on topics such as: effects of commercial agriculture on soil and water quality; transnational water-sharing and flood management; ecotourism and conservation in nature parks; urbanisation, transportation and migration in environment-industry corridors; environmental education, health, and local ecological management.

Assessment

Field-study journal (3000 words): 35%
Oral presentation: 20%
Final research or development project proposal (5000 words): 45%

Contact hours

Intensive field-based unit

Prerequisites

Preferably 12 to 18 points of human geography or permission

Prohibitions

GES3330


GYM4350 - Resource evaluation and management

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christian Kull

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

National and international conflicts over the use of natural resources, eg rainforest destruction, land degradation, pressure on water supplies and common property resources. Analysis of resource disputes, including socio-political aspects and debate over causes and trajectories. Different managements approaches used to solve environmental problems, e.g. role of the state, communities, protected areas, and indigenous people.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to:

  1. critically analyse the theoretical and empirical bases of resource management issues
  2. appreciate the complex, intertwined nature of ecological, social, and political factors underlying resource management issues.
  3. recognise, apply, and distinguish between the main explanatory theories
  4. be able to construct critical and analytical arguments relevant to resource management issues in good quality writing.

Assessment

Written work: 55% (2500 words)
Tutorial participation 25%
Test 20%

Contact hours

1 x 2hr lecture and 1 x 1hr tutorial per week

Prohibitions

GES3350


GYM4370 - Applied environmental climatology

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Nigel Tapper

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Applied climatology addresses the role climate plays in the provision of food, shelter, energy and a healthy environment. The unit begins by acknowledging the role of traditional climate knowledge systems. Then a range of contemporary climate issues will be discussed along with approaches to addressing them. Issues include urban climate and design, air pollution, renewable (solar/wind) energy, and agriculture. Issues will be considered within the Australian context of climate change and variability (including extremes). Emphasis is placed on employment related theoretical, observational, analytical and modeling skills that will be developed through lectures, practicals and project work.

Objectives

Students will:

  1. appreciate urban climate knowledge
  2. be able to apply climate knowledge to urbanisation problems
  3. have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution
  4. level 4 students, have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation.

Assessment

Literature review 500 words 11%
Practicals (500 words) 11%
Group or Individual Project Report/Presentation (1500 words): 33%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week

one 3-hour practical per fortnight, plus private study/research time.

Prerequisites

18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, Atmospheric Science or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES

Prohibitions

GES3370


GYM4420 - Researching human environments

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lauren Costello

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is directed at providing students with experience in applied research. Students will be introduced to the characteristics of information and instruction in the appropriate presentation of information and data. The nature of Geographical Information Systems is explained and examples of their use in research will be presented. Students will be introduced to the preparation and use of questionnaire surveys, interview and qualitative research methods. Students are required to develop a research project of their own choice. Workshops are also included and designed to assist students in compiling and reporting on their research findings.

Objectives

By the conclusion of this unit students are expected to have satisfactorily demonstrated the following outcomes:

  1. an ability to choose the most appropriate methods for analysing a particular data set
  2. a capacity to manipulate data
  3. an understanding of sampling techniques; basic ability in questionnaire design, coding and analysis
  4. basic interviewing techniques
  5. an understanding of some of the ethical issues involved in conducting human geographical research
  6. a capacity to produce high quality research reports
  7. an awareness of the limitations of geographical data
  8. an understanding of various methodological approaches 4th year students will be expected to complete assessed work at a qualitatively and theoretically more sophisticated level than in the Third Year version of the unit.

Assessment

Field Report (2500) : 40%
Project Proposal (1000) : 20%
Participation : 20%
Examination : 20%

Contact hours

2 hour workshop per week

Prerequisites

Admission to Honours or Postgraduate status

Prohibitions

GES3420


GYM4520 - Social space and urban justice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Elissa Sutherland

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will bring the main themes of economic and cultural geography together. Throughout the unit we examine four main processes in contemporary cultural/economic geography: consumption, production, commodification, and urban spectacle. Case studies will be used to conceptualise the dynamics of large cities and urban spaces, in particular, patterns of intra-urban social variation, cultural construction, the distribution of power and status, and manifestations of popular culture. Through these themes attention is paid to difference, diversity and social justice principles.

Objectives

The unit employs a range of geographical methods and skills to evaluate and synthesize information about representations and the social construction of social spaces and urban justice. This includes a case study approach that links theory with everyday examples and fieldtrips. Such approaches provide students with conceptual skills and capacities that are transferable to a variety of contemporary issues impacting on daily life. Learning objectives and outcomes: At the completion of the subject students should have developed the following skills and capacities:

  1. critical analysis of urban and social justice
  2. ability to identify and critically evaluate information dealing with economic practices and cultural consumption
  3. effective communication in written and oral form
  4. ability to engage with theoretical debates and link to practical examples, demonstrated both in (examination and assignments) and practice (tutorial, fieldwork, class presentations). 4th year students will be expected to complete assessed work at a qualitatively and theoretically more sophisticated level than in the Third Year version of the unit.

Assessment

Field Report 1 (1000) : 15%
Field report 2 (1000) : 15%
Presentation : 10%
Essay (1,500) : 20%
Participation : 20%
Examination : 20%

Contact hours

3 hour workshop + 2 compulsory fieldtrips

Prerequisites

Admission to Honours or Postgraduate status

Prohibitions

GES2760


GYM4600 - Global positioning systems (GPS): Applications in GIS

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Shobhit Chandra

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

Synopsis

The transition from reference to diverse earth models and coordinate systems to the geocentric datum/earth model and digitally-assisted coordinate conversion on demand, rests on the rise of the digital computer and the global positioning industry with its constellation of satellites and "off the shelf" GPS receivers. In learning positioning/surveying using such receivers, students will use a range of techniques (eg differential GPS (dGPS), "real-time" correction GPS, and positioning using post-processing of GPS signals), for database assembly ready for input to GIS.

Assessment

Written assignments: 20%
Practical exercises: 50%
Practical exam: 30%

Co-requisites

GYM4920, GYM4610 or the equivalent recommended


GYM4610 - Geographical information systems (GIS) for social science applications

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Associate Professor James Peterson

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit introduces GIS for business and social science applications, and discusses its relevance, basic principles, techniques and practice in the field of geodemographics, marketing and service planning. It focuses on geocoded data bases that refer to spatial heterogeneity in the social environment. Cases studies and hands-on practice allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS in census data analysis, business and service planning. Issues of data quality, time series compatibility, statistical mapping and spatial analysis will be examined in theory, and applied in practical work.

Assessment

Written work: 25% (2500 words)
Practicals: 50%
Unseen theory exam: 25%

Prohibitions

GES 3610


GYM4620 - Processing and deployment of image data in GIS

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Xuan Zhu

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

After an introduction to the history and nature of image analysis, with emphasis on early forms (eg air photos) modern digital multi-spectral and hyperspectral data from both active and passive remote sensing systems are introduced. Thus the nature of information in the time series land-cover change archive can be assessed, appropriately analysed, and the value of the results documented. Image Processing will be taught using ESRI Image Analyst.

Assessment

Practical exercises: 60%
2 hour theory exam: 20%
Written assignments: 20%

Co-requisites

GYM4920, GYM4610


GYM4650 - GIS applications: Project formulation and database assembly

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jim Peterson

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to teach students to make the best of their knowledge about the sciences behind the themes of thematic mapping, on the one hand, and GIS on the other, so that, in discussion with a supervisor, an application of digital spatial data handling relevant to their interests can be identified. In project formulation, the relevant data and information flow paths must be documented and sourced, the appropriate data model selected and data quality issues addressed. After that, efficient digital spatial data base assembly can take place and verification/testing commenced. This unit is a prerequisite for GYM4660, the final unit for the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts (GIS).

Assessment

Spatial database quality and suitability test: 100%

Prerequisites

Completion of GYM4920 and GYM4610, plus two of GYM4600, GYM4620, GYM4630, or GYM4640


GYM4750 - Sharing prosperity: Geographies of work, regional development and economy

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sally Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Central to our approach in this unit is a focus on social equity. We explore equity at a variety of scales: between nations, and within nations, regions, communities and households. How has 'the economy' and 'globalisation' been understood? Answering these questions enables us to develop our critically thinking about: the changing social relations of work, the corporation, regional development, trade and consumption. Sharing prosperity is a unit for students wanting to understand how social inequality is produced and who want to investigate forms of governance that could more effectively enable better distributive and non-distributive forms of social and economic justice.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will demonstrate the following skills and capacities:

  • Knowledge about how economic and social processes are linked and together produce inequity.
  • A critical understanding of globalisation and the uneven spatial implications of this process demonstrated through their essays, reports and discussion in class
  • A critical understanding of the changing governance structures that underpin economic change at global, national and local scales, looking particularly at the examples of bilateral trade, 'free trade' principles, industry policy and 'labour market reform'.
  • A critical understanding of how boundaries between work and home, formal and informal economies and capital and labour have come into being and play a part in the continued separation of these spaces and practices across space.
  • Sound written expression, demonstrating an ability to critically analyse text, film and other data.
  • Sound interpretation of graphs and maps. Students at the fourth year level will be expected to demonstrate a sophisticated level of critical analysis as evidenced particularly in the essay and fieldtrip report.

Assessment

Essay (1,000 words) : 20%
Fieldtrip report (1,500) : 30%
Class participation : 30%
Exam (2 hours) : 20%
Students undertaking this unit at 4th year level will be asked to produce additional analysis for the essay and fieldtrip report.

Contact hours

3 hours per week (seminar) + a one day fieldtrip

Prohibitions

GES2750, GES3750, GES4750


GYM4900 - Research paper in Geography and environmental science

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Legg

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A major research paper on a topic appropriate to geography and environmental science completed under the supervision of a staff member. This research paper will enable students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in their previous studies in a research context and to conduct independent research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology important to geography and environmental science
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in their previous studies
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words ) : 100%

Contact hours

2 x 2 hour seminars for the first 2 weeks of semester and then as negotiated between student and supervisor

Prerequisites

Permission


GYM4920 - Geographical information systems (GIS) for environmental science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Xuan Zhu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

Synopsis

General nature of spatial data and of digital spatial data and of thematic mapping, analogue to digital data conversion, data quality, georeferencing, geocoding ground control points, raster and vector approaches, spatial analysis with geocoded data, boolean overlay, Digital Elevation Models and their use in terrain analysis, GIS project formulation (data and information flow paths, primary and derived map layers, identification of relevant themes), multispectral image data and image processing, applications to thematic mapping (habitat, potential soil wetness, buffers, deforestation, terrain parameter mapping, conflict resolution etc), nature of project management.

Assessment

Written work: 25% (2500 words)
Practicals: 50%
2 Hour Exam: 25%

Prohibitions

GES3810


GYM5460 - Minor internship project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the M. CESM within the practical context of a business or other organisation. In the internship, research and analytical work of direct benefit to the host organisation will be carried out and reported on

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired specialised skills in their particular area;
  2. Have completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their contribution to the field in their chosen area of concentration

Assessment

Internship Journal 1000 words 15%
Report 8,000 words 85%

Contact hours

Hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV533E, GYM5490, GYM5470, IDA5310


GYM5470 - Major internship project

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the M. CESM within the practical context of a business or other organisation. In the internship, a major piece of research and analytical work of direct benefit to the host organisation will be carried out and reported on.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired specialised skills in their particular area;
  2. Have completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their contribution to the field in their chosen area of concentration

Assessment

Internship Journal (2,000 words): 15%
Report (14,000 words): 85%

Contact hours

Hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV533E, GYM5490, GYM5480, GYM5460, IDA5310


GYM5480 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in the coursework components in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core units offered in the first two semesters of the course. It offers opportunity for students to pursue academically-oriented research

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research Paper (9,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Students participate in research design and methodology workshops. Hours and dates to be arranged.

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units and/or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV533E, GYM5470, GYM5490


GYM5490 - Major research project

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A major research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core units offered in the first two semesters of the course. It offers opportunity for students to pursue a major academically-oriented piece of research

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research Paper (15,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Students participate in research design and methodology workshops. Hours and dates to be arranged.

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV533E, GYM5470, GYM5480, GYM5460, IDA5310


HPL4503 - International relations

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines International Relations in its historical context, engaging with major events and developments in the 20th and early 21st centuries. Students will examine the emergence of key theoretical perspectives and the development of core disciplinary concepts. Students will utilize these in engaging with major International Relations issues including the utility and inevitability of war, the role of a balance of power and prospects for peaceful relations between states.


Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations and describe their roles in contemporary international relations;
  2. engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of models and practice in international relations;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations;
  4. analyse relations between states;
  5. identify key international institutions;
  6. analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 20%
Case study (4500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Prohibitions

GSC3503, GSC4503, HPL3503, HSM4503, HPL5503


HPL5503 - International relations

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines International Relations in its historical context, engaging with major events and developments in the 20th and early 21st centuries. Students will examine the emergence of key theoretical perspectives and the development of core disciplinary concepts. Students will utilize these in engaging with major International Relations issues including the utility and inevitability of war, the role of a balance of power and prospects for peaceful relations between states.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations and describe their roles in contemporary international relations;
  2. engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of models and practice in international relations;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations;
  4. analyse relations between states;
  5. identify key international institutions;
  6. analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models;
  7. identify and explain the roles of key determinants of international relations.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 20%
Case study (4500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Prohibitions

HPL4503


HSM4301 - Program planning and evaluation in the human services

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the conceptual bases to program planning and evaluation and links between the two. It explores approaches to program planning through the examination and design of models, concepts and techniques that facilitate need assessment, setting goals and objectives, and establishing target groups and timelines in the implementation process. Key theoretical concepts in evaluation, ethical and analytical approaches utilised in human services evaluation and evaluation techniques are critically explored to ensure comprehensive understanding and skill development. Students employed in the field are encouraged to locate their learning and assessment tasks within their practice context.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the nature of human service programs, and the models utilised in planning different types of human service programs;

  1. be knowledgeable about the main theoretical perspectives, concepts and issues in relation to the planning, implementation and evaluation of programs;

  1. have developed skills in using a range of techniques to meet planning requirements in all aspects of a human service program; understand political, organisational, resource requirements and ethical considerations in the development, implementation and evaluation of programs.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


HSM4302 - Management and leadership in the human services

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marg Lynn

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore and critique current theory and practice in the management, leadership and administration of human service organisations. Students will be encouraged to develop awareness of their own management practice and leadership style in their chosen field. Students will critically examine the meaning of continuous quality improvement in the human services, and then use this understanding to inform the design of an appropriate framework for ensuring quality standards and service delivery in a particular area of the human services.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify and critically discuss various management theories, models and approaches specific to the human services;

  1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the distinctions between the concepts of management and leadership;

  1. critically reflect on their own management and leadership style and practice;

  1. demonstrate a critical appreciation of how management is applied and operationalised at various levels in human service organisations;

  1. demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skills in a range of approaches to continuous quality improvement in the human services and how these might be applied in a particular organisational context.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


HSM4303 - Human services management: Structure and context

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Margaret Lynn

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the broad socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;

  1. identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;

  1. critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector; 4) apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;

5) identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;

6) conduct a literature review

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

HSM5303


HSM4304 - Human services management: Principles and process

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;
  2. Knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations;
  3. Understanding of the principles of strategic approaches to implementing a social justice framework within a management context;
  4. Knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.
  5. Students will also be able to identify and develop appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs and critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

HSM5304


HSM4305 - Research methods

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of HSM4301, HSM4302, HSM4303, HSM4304, or all of RCD4601, RCD4602, RCD4603, RCD4604

Prohibitions

HSM5305, SCW4305


HSM4306 - Research practicum

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have thought through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Research project report (9000 words) : 100%

Contact hours

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, teleconferencing, or face-to-face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

HSM4305

Prohibitions

HSM5301, HSM5302, SCD5301


HSM4309 - Rethinking received ideas in social welfare

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Margaret Lynn

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a thorough grounding in the design of practice-based research. Common conceptual and methodological issues associated with research are reviewed. Particular emphasis is placed on an examination of both the instrumental and moral bases of social welfare research. The end and means of social welfare research in general and students' specific research priorities are interrogated.[Click here to insert text]

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify an area of social welfare theory or practice in need of investigation;

  1. Plan a program of research;

  1. Evaluate the moral implications of the research to be conducted;

  1. Articulate and address personal learning objectives;

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to comprehend, analyse and articulate key themes and arguments in the relevant literature

Assessment

Learning contract (500 words): 10%
Discussion paper (4500 words): 40%
Research proposal (5000 words): 50%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302

Prohibitions

SCW4309


HSM4310 - Building Practice Wisdom in Social Welfare

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Margaret Lynn

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit surveys and analyses the epistemological foundation of social welfare. It deconstructs orthodox conceptualizations of "knowledge" that predominantly inform social welfare practice, and contrasts these with postmodern and post-structuralist interpretations. Particular emphasis is placed on a critical examination of the power of knowledge and its relationship to practice wisdom in social welfare.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Grasp the nature of, and interrelationships between "knowledge", "theory" "research" and "practice" in social welfare;

  1. Understand the epistemological foundations of social welfare practice;

  1. Recognise and articulate the process by which personal knowledge and theories are constructed;

  1. Appreciate the particular and relative merits of "practice wisdom" and examine its contribution to the development of social welfare work;

  1. Prepare and deliver an oral defence of the subject of their dissertation;

  1. Enunciate and address personal learning objectives.

Assessment

Viva (3500 words): 20%
Learning contract (1000 words): 20%
Research paper (6000 words): 60%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302

Prohibitions

SCW4310


HSM4503 - International relations

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Elizabeth Edmondson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an historical approach to the study of international relations, incorporating an array of theoretical perspectives and conceptual tools. The focus of the unit will be upon the evolution of the international political system, engaging directly with the question of inevitability of war, the nature of a balance of power and prospects for peace. Students will examine issues such as the significance of states, the meaning and scope of sovereignty, and effectiveness of international law.

Objectives

pon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations

  1. Engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of international relations

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations

  1. analyse relations between states

  1. Identify key international institutions

  1. Analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models

Assessment

Written work: 60%
2 hour exam: 40%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302

Prohibitions

HPL4503, GSC3503, GSC4503, HPL3503


HSM4521 - Mechanisms for international governance

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Key international institutions and state-institution relations. Focal points for analysis include coalition peacekeeping arrangements, environmental management, the management of transboundary problems, challenges to national sovereignty and recent developments in international relations, epistemic communities and supra-national organisations.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of significant debates and structural developments in the study of contemporary international politics and political arrangements;

  1. Utilise a variety of theoretical and conceptual frameworks for the analysis of contemporary international political issues and policies;

  1. Engage in oral and written discussion of international governance mechanisms, international political arrangements and dynamics;

  1. Demonstrate expertise in using and integrating appropriate methodological tools in analysing international political events, dynamics and governance mechanisms.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in politics or history-politics or related discipline. HSM4301 and HSM4302

Prohibitions

HPL4521, GSC4521


HSM4801 - Theory and practice in sociology

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Theories and methods for research in sociology. Recent trends in sociological theorising. Different methods for the collection of empirical data. The relationship between theory and practice. Issues in the process of research.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of key developments in contemporary sociological theorising and research, and an understanding of the links with the work of classical sociologists;

  1. Show an understanding of the connections and disconnections between various theories in terms of their ontological and epistemological assumptions;

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of the research strategies which arise from these assumptions and the variety of methods which each employs;

  1. Show awareness of and sensitivity towards a range of ethical and political issues in the conduct of research; and

  1. Apply this knowledge in undertaking their own research projects.

Assessment

Essay 1 (4500 words): 50%
Essay 2 (4500 words): 50%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302. First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline.

Prohibitions

SCY4801, GSC4211


HSM4802 - Contemporary sociological issues

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The application of sociological knowledge and the role of research in the evaluation of social issues. How sociological knowledge can be applied to explain the social dimensions and implications of substantive issues in contemporary Australian and other societies.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. Have developed an in-depth knowledge of contemporary sociological issues;

  1. Be able to use theoretical and conceptual frameworks for the analysis of contemporary sociological issues;

  1. Have developed an awareness and understanding of how research can be used for the analysis of contemporary sociological issues;

  1. Be able to evaluate the merits and limitations of programs dealing social issues.

Assessment

Essay (5400 words): 60%
Seminar papers (3600 words): 40%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302. First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline.

Prohibitions

SCY4802, GSC4221


HSM5301 - Research Practicum

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have worked through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective research report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

HSM4305 or HSM5305

Prohibitions

SCD5301, HSM4306


HSM5302 - Research Practicum

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Full year 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to conduct substantial research related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project involves negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and communities involved. Students are expected to work through issues related to their proposed methodology project in completing the prerequisite research methodology unit/s, especially ethics approval requirements for research involving humans. The aim is to produce a high quality, theoretically informed, practice focused, and reflective research report relevant to the focus of the degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 18000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relating to the focus of the degree.

Assessment

Research Dissertation: 100% (18000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will engage in supervision weekly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video conferencing, or face-to-face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

HSM4305 or HSM5305

Prohibitions

HSM5301, SCD5302


HSM5303 - Human services management: Structure and context

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marg Lynn

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts. Emphasis is placed on the requirement for human service organisations to exercise responsibility and accountability to the communities they serve.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;

  1. Identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;

  1. Critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector;

  1. Apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;

  1. Identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;

  1. Conduct a literature review; identify and critically discuss social, political and economic theories that have influenced the contemporary formation of the human services industry;

  1. Critically discuss and defend a theoretically informed position that proposes a solution to the increasing marketisation of the human services industry

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

HSM4303


HSM5304 - Human services management: Principles and process

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;

  1. Knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations;

  1. Understanding of the principles of strategic approaches to implementing a social justice framework within a management context;

  1. Knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.

  1. Students will also be able to identify and develop appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs;

  1. Critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations;

  1. Apply relevant theoretical concepts to a critical analysis of the effects of managerialism on professional values and ethics in the human service organisation;

  1. Design and develop an appropriate policy and procedure document for a human service organisation, including a detailed implementation plan.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

HSM4304


HSM5305 - Research methods

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of HSM4301, HSM4302, HSM4303, HSM4304, HSM5303, HSM5304

Prohibitions

HSM4305, SCD5305, SCW4305


HYM4001 - Research project in history

18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As part of the Masters Qualifying in History with a research component, students undertake a research project in an area of history and on a topic decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor(s). Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Assessment

Research paper (12,000 - 15,000 words): 100%


HYM4002 - Researching the past: Historical sources, method and interpretation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Peel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to research methodologies in history, genres of historical writing, and debates about history as a form of knowledge and interpretation. In developing their own research project proposals, students focus on issues involved in the planning and writing of research projects, including identifying manageable topics, locating appropriate sources and evidence, developing bibliographies, critically analysing different kinds of texts and exploring different writing strategies.

Assessment

Historiographical exercise (1000 words): 25%
Project proposal (3500 words): 75%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


HYM4050 - Special subject in history (Semester 1)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)


HYM4070 - Special subject in history (1st Semester)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)


HYM4075 - Studying the renaissance

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the most important theoretical and conceptual frameworks appropriate to a study of the Renaissance through a close analysis of a range of contemporary and interdisciplinary scholarly contributions to Renaissance Studies. Students will be encouraged to reflect on how and why modern scholars have shifted their focus over the last fifty years and to analyse how new critical approaches to cultural production, social structure and gender have encouraged the study of less familiar sources of documentary evidence, and non canonical literary and other texts, to produce very different understandings of Renaissance society and culture.



Objectives

On successful completion of this subject, students will:

  1. Have a thorough knowledge of the arguments of the key scholarly texts chosen for study, and be able to place them in an appropriate intellectual context.

  1. Be able to identify the main critical and methodological approaches that have emerged recently in the field of Renaissance Studies.

  1. Be sensitive to the potential of a wide variety of genres of documentary, visual and literary sources to change or nuance our traditional understandings of Renaissance culture and society.

  1. Be able to engage in informed and critical discussion about what new directions future research in Renaissance Studies might take.

  1. Have developed advanced reading, analytical and communication skills, both written and verbal.





Assessment

Research essay: 5,000 words (50%), 1 individual or group seminar presentation (5%), to be also submitted in written form as a paper of 2,000 words by each presenter (15%), 1 two hour class test (20%), Weekly seminar participation (10%)

Contact hours

2 hours

Prerequisites

Relevant background in one or more aspects of Renaissance Studies, or by permission of the coordinator


HYM4080 - Special subject in history (2nd Semester)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


HYM4085 - Reading history

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sarah Pinto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the types, or 'genres', of historical sources: their origins and history, the uses made of them by their originators and by later historians, and how they may be read. 'Reading' includes the interpretation of visual, oral, architectural and material sources as well as textual ones. Themes will include the translation of oral communication into writing and the rendering of writing into print; issues of authorship and audience; the construction of inquisitorial, confessional and narrative sources; the rise of the press and the history of the newspaper; the interpretation of maps, photographs, and documentary film; and architectural analysis.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding of key theoretical and conceptual issues in the reading of diverse kinds of texts and of the relationship between 'text' and 'genre', and a greater awareness of the nature of historical writing. The subject also aims to assist students in developing skills in critical reading and the analysis of historiographical debate and to lay the groundwork for successful thesis writing.

Assessment

Classroom exercise (750 words): 20%
Critical essay (2750 words): 50%
Project/thesis proposal (1000 words): 30%
Students taking this unit at Level 4 will be expected to critically analyse a wider range of genres and develop a more sophisticated array of questions concerning issues of authorship and interpretation.

Contact hours

1 hour lecture, 90 minute tutorial

Prohibitions

HSY3080


HYM4095 - History and heritage

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

History and Heritage introduces students to the policy and practice of heritage professionals in the twenty- first century. The unit draws on local and international examples to demonstrate the contested nature of what constitutes heritage. Students are introduced to ideas about cultural and architectural heritage, the meanings of culture, cultural significance, 'reading' historic buildings and landscapes, and how all of these are interpreted by heritage professionals. Students learn the various local, national and international statutes that protect and enhance physical and cultural heritage.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value.

  1. Know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment.

  1. Have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites.

  1. Have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions.

  1. Have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations.

  1. Have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.

  1. Have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.



Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Test 500 words 10%, Heritage Project or essay 4500 words 50%, Reflective essay 2000 words 20%, Class Particpation 2000 words 20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week for on-campus students

Prerequisites

Undergraduate major in History or permission.

Prohibitions

HYM5095, HSY4095


HYM4100A - Research project in history Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM4100A and HYM4100B will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study;
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with HYM4100B

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Prohibitions

HYM5105A


HYM4100B - Research project in history part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM4100A and HYM4100B will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a major research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study;
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor

Prohibitions

HYM5105B


HYM4115 - Private and public voices in renaissance correspondence

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This subject introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks appropriate to a study of Renaissance letters. It will analyse the development of the letter as a self-conscious literary genre but also dwell on more private correspondence, never meant for publication. Letters are essential sources, particularly for the social historian, and the insights and problems associated with using different kinds of letters as historical documents - whether they are carefully-crafted epistles drafted and redrafted by humanists and famous writers; practical, everyday communication; or even messages dictated to a scribe by the illiterate - will be the particular focus of discussion and analysis.

Objectives

Students who complete this subject:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the Renaissance letter collections chosen for study.

  1. Will understand the social or intellectual context in which the letters were written.

  1. Will be able to distinguish between different types of letters, through recognition of formal elements and the development of a critical perspective on the writer's audience and intentions.

  1. Will have developed an awareness of how gender, levels of literacy and exposure to classical literary models influenced both male and female letter writers.

  1. Will be able to engage in discussion of letters as historical evidence and demonstrate strong skills in the critical reading of historical scholarship that uses such evidence.

  1. Will be able to organise and defend an historical argument using appropriate letter collections, as well as other types of primary and secondary evidence.

  1. Students taking this subject at level five have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills, a deeper understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues and a stronger degree of independence in locating and evaluating both primary and secondary historical resources.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
seminar presentation and participation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Major in Historical Studies


HYM4120 - Reading and writing Australian history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christina Twomey

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop craftsmanship in historical prose through the study of historians, literary theorists and selected historical novelists. The primary orientation of the subject is practical and confessional rather than theoretical. Practical issues include setting the writer in context, story-telling, description, explanation, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and the use of different voices and tropes, and formal and colloquial prose.

Objectives

  1. To examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected Australian historians.

  1. To analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.

  1. To develop practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Essays and writing exercises (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4730, HYM5120


HYM4125 - Dante's medieval world: politics, religion and the city

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clare Monagle and Constant Mews

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Dante's medieval world (1265-1321) was one of cultural innovation, religious revival and economic growth, as well as of political strife in many urban communities throughout Italy. This unit explores the political, social, artistic and spiritual worlds of Dante and his contemporaries, and in so doing will give coherency to this dynamic medieval period. Taught in Prato and its environs, the unit provides an opportunity to understand Dante's literary achievement and political activities through direct experience of Dante's Tuscany during the medieval period.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

  1. to be familiar with the social, political, cultural and religious environment of the world in which Dante lived and formulated his writings
  2. to be familiar with core writings of Dante (in translation)
  3. to be capable of original analysis of a primary document and the location in which it was generated
  4. to formulate an argument and engage in original research
  5. to communicate a historical argument to staff and fellow students
  6. At fourth-year level, students will be expected to show greater initiative in developing their own research hypothesis and proposal.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

Three 3-hour seminars per week for four weeks

Prerequisites

Second-year sequence in Historical Studies or Religion and Theology

Prohibitions

HSY3125, HSY4125


HYM4135 - Facing history: representing the Arab-Israeli conflict

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts